Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013
00011327
Technical specifications
1
Technical data
2
Technical data
3
Technical data
4
Source documents
5
Legal information
Warning notice system
This manual contains notices you have to observe in order to ensure your personal safety,
as well as to prevent damage to property. The notices referring to your personal safety are
highlighted in the manual by a safety alert symbol, notices referring only to property damage
have no safety alert symbol. These notices shown below are graded according to the degree
of danger.
Danger
indicates that death or severe personal injury will result if proper precautions are not taken.
Warning
indicates that death or severe personal injury may result if proper precautions are not taken.
Caution
with a safety alert symbol, indicates that minor personal injury can result if proper precautions are not taken.
Notice
without a safety alert symbol, indicates that property damage can result if proper precautions are not taken.
If more than one degree of danger is present, the warning notice representing the highest degree of danger will
be used. A notice warning of injury to persons with a safety alert symbol may also include a warning relating to
property damage.
Qualified Personnel
The product/system described in this documentation may be operated only by personnel qualified for the specific
task in accordance with the relevant documentation, in particular its warning notices and safety instructions.
Qualified personnel are those who, based on their training and experience, are capable of identifying risks and
avoiding potential hazards when working with these products/systems.
Proper use of Siemens products
Note the following:
Warning
Siemens products may only be used for the applications described in the catalog and in the relevant technical
documentation. If products and components from other manufacturers are used, these must be recommended
or approved by Siemens. Proper transport, storage, installation, assembly, commissioning, operation and
maintenance are required to ensure that the products operate safely and without any problems. The permissible
ambient conditions must be complied with. The information in the relevant documentation must be observed.
Trademarks
All names identified by ® are registered trademarks of Siemens AG. The remaining trademarks in this publication
may be trademarks whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owner.
Disclaimer of Liability
We have reviewed the contents of this publication to ensure consistency with the hardware and software
described. Since variance cannot be precluded entirely, we cannot guarantee full consistency. However, the
information in this publication is reviewed regularly and any necessary corrections are included in subsequent
editions.
Siemens Industry Automation and Drive Technologies
Postfach 48 48
90437 NÜRNBERG
GERMANY
Order-Nr. 00011327
Edition 03/2013
Copyright © Siemens AG
Technical data subject to
change
This document was created with the "My Documentation Manager" system.
Created by Gerhard Flierl on 12.03.2013.
The "My Documentation Manager" system can be found at http://www.automation.siemens.com/MDM/
default.aspx
Please read the following legal notice:
This document has been compiled by the user with the help of the free "My Documentation Manager" system
and is a free excerpt from the documentation and/or the documentation created and provided by Siemens for
this product. SIEMENS AG assumes no liability for the contents of the linked Web sites.
A list of the documentation used for this purpose can be found in the attachment. This documentation can be
found on the Siemens website at: https://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/llisapi.dll?
func=cslib.csinfo"aktprim=0"siteid=csius"lang=de"siteid=csius"extranet=standard.
The user bears sole responsibility for ensuring that the contents are up to date by regularly checking the relevant
documentation which can be found at https://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/llisapi.dll?
func=cslib.csinfo"aktprim=0"siteid=csius"lang=de"siteid=csius"extranet=standard.
The user shall bear all responsibility and risk for compiling this document. In this respect, Siemens disclaims all
liability for the document compiled by the user.
The document shall only be used for the user's own internal purposes and, unless explicitly permitted by the
Supplementary Terms of Use for "My Documentation Manager", shall not be passed on to third parties.
The use of this document is subject to the Additional Terms of Use for "My Documentation Manager" available
at: https://www.automation.siemens.com/mdm/ExtendedAGB.aspx.
Table of contents
Table of contents
1
4
Technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1.1
General Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1.2
1.2.1
1.2.2
1.2.3
1.2.4
CPU 1211C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General specifications and features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digital inputs and outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19
19
23
24
27
1.3
1.3.1
1.3.2
1.3.3
1.3.4
CPU 1212C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General specifications and features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digital inputs and outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
28
28
32
34
36
1.4
1.4.1
1.4.2
1.4.3
1.4.4
CPU 1214C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General specifications and features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digital inputs and outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CPU 1214C Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
38
38
41
43
46
1.5
1.5.1
1.5.2
1.5.3
1.5.4
1.5.5
Digital signal modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SM 1221 Digital Input Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SM 1222 8-Point Digital Output Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SM 1222 16-Point Digital Output Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SM 1223 Digital Input/Output VDC Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SM 1223 Digital Input/Output AC Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
47
47
49
50
53
56
1.6
1.6.1
1.6.2
1.6.3
1.6.4
1.6.5
1.6.6
1.6.7
Analog signal modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SM 1231 analog input module specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SM 1232 analog output module specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SM 1234 analog input/output module specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Step response of the analog inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sample time and update times for the analog inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measurement ranges of the analog inputs for voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
59
59
61
62
65
66
66
67
1.7
1.7.1
1.7.2
Thermocouple and RTD signal modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
SM 1231 Thermocouple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
SM 1231 RTD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
1.8
1.8.1
1.8.2
1.8.3
1.8.4
Digital signal boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB 1221 200 kHz digital input specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB 1222 200 kHz digital output specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB 1223 200 kHz digital input / output specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB 1223 2 X 24 VDC input / 2 X 24 VDC output specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
78
78
80
82
85
1.9
1.9.1
1.9.2
1.9.3
1.9.4
1.9.5
Analog signal boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB 1231 1 analog input specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SB 1232 1 analog output specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measurement ranges for analog inputs and outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermocouple SBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RTD SBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
87
87
89
91
94
98
1.10
Communication interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Table of contents
2
3
1.10.1
1.10.2
1.10.3
1.10.4
PROFIBUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GPRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CM 1243-2 AS-i Master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RS232, RS422, and RS485 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
103
107
111
113
1.11
1.11.1
TeleService . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
TeleService . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
1.12
SIMATIC memory cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
1.13
Input simulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
1.14
I/O expansion cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
1.15
1.15.1
1.15.2
Companion products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
PM 1207 power module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
CSM 1277 compact switch module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
2.1
Performance features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
2.2
3RV2 motor starter protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
2.3
Rated data for auxiliary and signaling switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
2.4
Auxiliary switches, front-mounted, transverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
2.5
Auxiliary switches, transverse, solid-state compatible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
2.6
Auxiliary switches, lateral and signaling switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
2.7
Auxiliary releases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
2.8
Short-circuit protection for auxiliary and control circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
2.9
Conductor cross-sections main circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
2.10
Conductor cross-sections auxiliary and control circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
2.11
2.11.1
2.11.2
2.11.3
Short-circuit breaking capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Short-circuit breaking capacity for motor starter protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Short-circuit breaking capacity for motor starter protectors in the IT system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Short-circuit breaking capacity for motor starter protectors with limiter function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.12
2.12.1
2.12.2
Permissible rated data of approved devices for North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Approved according to UL 508/CSA C22.2 No. 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Approval as "circuit breaker" according to UL 489/CSA C 22.2 No. 5-02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
133
133
135
138
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
3.1
3.1.1
3.1.2
3.1.3
3.1.4
3.1.5
3.1.6
3.1.7
3.1.8
3.1.9
3.1.10
3.1.11
3.1.12
Contactors for switching motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rated data for auxiliary contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contact service life of auxiliary and main contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General data and short-circuit protection for 3RT201. contactors without overload relay . . . . . . . . . .
Actuation - 3RT201. contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main circuit - 3RT201. contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conductor cross-sections - 3RT201. contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General data and short-circuit protection for 3RT202. contactors without overload relay . . . . . . . . . .
Actuation - 3RT202. contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main circuit - 3RT202. contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rated data for auxiliary contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main circuit - 3RT202. contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conductor cross-sections - 3RT202. contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
149
149
151
153
156
158
164
165
168
171
175
175
178
5
Table of contents
4
5
3.1.13
Rated data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
3.2
3.2.1
3.2.2
3.2.3
3.2.4
Contactors for specific applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General data, short-circuit protection for contactors without overload relay and actuation . . . . . . . . .
Main circuit - 3RT231. and 3RT232. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General data, short-circuit protection for contactors without overload relay and actuation . . . . . . . . .
Main circuit - 3RT251. and 3RT252. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3
3.3.1
3.3.2
Contactors with extended operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Contactors for railway applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Coupling relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
3.4
3.4.1
198
3.4.2
3.4.3
3.4.4
3.4.5
3RH2 contactor relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Permissible mounting position, positively driven operation of contacts and contact reliability of 3RH2
contactor relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General data, rated data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conductor cross-sections - 3RH2. contactor relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Actuation - 3RH2. contactor relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Load side of 3RH2. contactor relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5
3.5.1
3.5.2
3.5.3
3.5.4
3.5.5
Accessories for 3RT2 contactors and 3RH2 contactor relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General data - Pneumatic timer 3RT2926-2P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General data - OFF-delay device 3RT2916‑2B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General data - Terminal module for contactors with screw connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General data - Mechanical latch 3RT2926‑3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General data - Control side and load side - coupling link 3RH2924‑1GP11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
207
207
208
210
211
212
183
183
186
190
191
198
200
201
203
205
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
4.1
Technical data of inputs and outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
4.2
High Overload and Low Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
4.3
Common technical power data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
4.4
Electromagnetic Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
4.5
EMC limit values in South Korea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
4.6
Power-dependent technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
4.7
Temperature and voltage derating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
4.8
Operational altitude and altitude deratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
4.9
Current reduction depending on pulse frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
4.10
4.10.1
4.10.2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Line reactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Braking resistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
4.11
Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Source documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Tabellen
Table 1-1
Industrial environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Table 1-2
Immunity per EN 61000-6-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Table 1-3
Conducted and radiated emissions per EN 61000-6-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Table 1-4
Transport and storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
6
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Table of contents
Table 1-5
Operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Table 1-6
High potential isolation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Table 1-7
Rated voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Table 1-8
General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Table 1-9
CPU features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Table 1-10
Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Table 1-11
Blocks, timers and counters supported by S7-1200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Table 1-12
Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Table 1-13
Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Table 1-14
Sensor power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Table 1-15
Digital inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Table 1-16
Digital outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Table 1-17
Analog inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Table 1-18
Step Response (ms), 0V to 10V measured at 95% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Table 1-19
Sample time for built-in analog inputs of the CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Table 1-20
Analog input representation for voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Table 1-21
CPU 1211C AC/DC/Relay (6ES7 211-1BD30-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Table 1-22
CPU 1211C DC/DC/Relay (6ES7 211-1HD30-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Table 1-23
CPU 1211C DC/DC/DC (6ES7 211-1AD30-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Table 1-24
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Table 1-25
CPU features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Table 1-26
Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Table 1-27
Blocks, timers and counters supported by S7-1200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Table 1-28
Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Table 1-29
Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Table 1-30
Sensor power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Table 1-31
Digital inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Table 1-32
Digital outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Table 1-33
Analog inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Table 1-34
Step Response (ms), 0V to 10V measured at 95% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Table 1-35
Sample time for built-in analog inputs of the CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Table 1-36
Analog input representation for voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Table 1-37
CPU 1212C AC/DC/Relay (6ES7 212-1BD30-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Table 1-38
CPU 1212C DC/DC/Relay (6ES7 212-1HD30-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Table 1-39
CPU 1212C DC/DC/DC (6ES7-212-1AD30-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Table 1-40
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Table 1-41
CPU features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Table 1-42
Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Table 1-43
Blocks, timers and counters supported by S7-1200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Table 1-44
Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Table 1-45
Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Table 1-46
Sensor power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Table 1-47
Digital inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
7
Table of contents
Table 1-48
Digital outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Table 1-49
Analog inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Table 1-50
Step Response (ms), 0V to 10V measured at 95% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Table 1-51
Sample time for built-in analog inputs of the CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Table 1-52
Analog input representation for voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Table 1-53
CPU 1214C AC/DC/Relay (6ES7 214-1BE30-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Table 1-54
CPU 1214C DC/DC/Relay (6ES7 214-1HE30-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Table 1-55
CPU 1214C DC/DC/DC (6ES7 214-1AE30-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Table 1-56
General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Table 1-57
Digital inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Table 1-58
Wiring diagrams for the digital input SMs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Table 1-59
General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Table 1-60
Digital outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Table 1-61
General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Table 1-62
Digital outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Table 1-63
Wiring diagrams for the 8-point digital output SMs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Table 1-64
Wiring diagram for the 8-point digital output relay changeover SM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Table 1-65
Wiring diagrams for the 16-point digital output SMs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Table 1-66
General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Table 1-67
Digital inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Table 1-68
Digital outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Table 1-69
Wiring diagrams for the digital input VDC/output relay SMs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Table 1-70
Wiring diagrams for the digital input VDC/output SMs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Table 1-71
General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Table 1-72
Digital inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Table 1-73
Digital outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Table 1-74
SM 1223 DI 8 x 120/230 VAC, DQ 8 x Relay (6ES7 223-1QH30-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Table 1-75
General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Table 1-76
Analog inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Table 1-77
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Table 1-78
Wiring diagrams for the analog input SMs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Table 1-79
General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Table 1-80
Analog outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Table 1-81
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Table 1-82
Wiring diagrams for the analog output SMs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Table 1-83
General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Table 1-84
Analog inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Table 1-85
Analog outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Table 1-86
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Table 1-87
Wiring diagrams for the analog input/output SM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Table 1-88
Step response (ms), 0 to full-scale measured at 95% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Table 1-89
Sample time and update time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Table 1-90
Analog input representation for voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
8
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Table of contents
Table 1-91
Analog output representation for current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Table 1-92
Analog output representation for voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Table 1-93
General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Table 1-94
Analog inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Table 1-95
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Table 1-96
Wiring diagrams for the thermocouple SMs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Table 1-97
SM 1231 Thermocouple selection table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Table 1-98
Noise reduction and update times for the SM 1231 Thermocouple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Table 1-99
Representation of analog values of thermocouples type J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Table 1-100
General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Table 1-101
Analog inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Table 1-102
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Table 1-103
Wiring diagrams for the RTD SMs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Table 1-104
Ranges and accuracy for the different sensors supported by the RTD modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Table 1-105
Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Table 1-106
Noise reduction and update times for the RTD modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Table 1-107
Representation of analog values for resistance thermometers PT 100, 200, 500, 1000 and PT 10, 50, 100,
500 GOST (0.003850) standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Table 1-108
General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Table 1-109
Digital inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Table 1-110
Wiring diagrams for the 200 kHz digital input SBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Table 1-111
General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Table 1-112
Digital outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Table 1-113
Wiring diagrams for the 200 kHz digital output SBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Table 1-114
General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Table 1-115
Digital inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Table 1-116
Digital outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Table 1-117
Wiring diagrams for the 200 kHz digital input/output SBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Table 1-118
General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Table 1-119
Digital inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Table 1-120
Digital outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Table 1-121
Wiring diagram for the digital input/output SB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Table 1-122
General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Table 1-123
Analog inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Table 1-124
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Table 1-125
Wiring diagram for the analog input SB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Table 1-126
General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Table 1-127
Analog outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Table 1-128
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Table 1-129
Wiring diagram for the analog output SB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Table 1-130
Step response (ms), 0V to 10V measured at 95% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Table 1-131
Sample time and update time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Table 1-132
Analog input representation for voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
9
Table of contents
Table 1-133
Analog output representation for current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Table 1-134
Analog output representation for voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Table 1-135
General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Table 1-136
Analog inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Table 1-137
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Table 1-138
SB 1231 Thermocouple selection table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Table 1-139
Filter selection table for the SB 1231 Thermocouple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Table 1-140
Wiring diagram for the analog input thermocouple SB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Table 1-141
General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Table 1-142
Analog inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Table 1-143
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Table 1-144
Wiring diagram for SB 1231 AI 1 x 16 bit RTD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Table 1-145
Ranges and accuracy for the different sensors supported by the RTD modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Table 1-146
Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Table 1-147
Noise reduction and update times for the RTD modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Table 1-148
Technical specifications of the CM 1242‑5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Table 1-149
Pinout of the D-sub socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Table 1-150
Technical specifications of the CM 1243‑5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Table 1-151
Pinout of the D-sub socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Table 1-152
Technical specifications of the CP 1242-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Table 1-153
Technical data for the AS‑i master CM 1243‑2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Table 1-154
General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Table 1-155
Transmitter and receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Table 1-156
Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Table 1-157
General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Table 1-158
Transmitter and receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Table 1-159
Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Table 1-160
RS485 connector (female) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Table 1-161
General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Table 1-162
Transmitter and receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Table 1-163
Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Table 1-164
RS232 connector (male) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Table 1-165
General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Table 1-166
Transmitter and receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Table 1-167
Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Table 1-168
RS485 or RS422 connector (female) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Table 1-169
General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Table 2-1
Performance features of 3RV2 motor starter protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Table 2-2
Short-circuit breaking capacity ICU, ICS acc. to IEC 60947‑2 - Part 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Table 2-3
Short-circuit breaking capacity ICU, ICS acc. to IEC 60947‑2 - Part 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Table 2-4
Short-circuit breaking capacity IcuIT in the IT system part 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Table 2-5
Short-circuit breaking capacity IcuIT in the IT system part 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Table 2-6
Connection data for 3RV29 28-1H terminal blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
10
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Table of contents
Table 3-7
Technical data for 3RT2 contactors - Rated data for auxiliary contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Table 3-8
General data ‑ 3RT201. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Table 3-9
Short-circuit protection for contactors without overload relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Table 3-10
Actuation ‑ 3RT201. contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Table 3-11
Main circuit - Current carrying capacity for alternating current (3RT201. contactors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Table 3-12
Main circuit - Current carrying capacity for direct current (3RT201. contactors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Table 3-13
Conductor cross-sections ‑ 3RT201. contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Table 3-14
General data ‑ 3RT202. contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Table 3-15
Short-circuit protection for 3RT202. contactors without overload relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Table 3-16
Actuation ‑ 3RT202. contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Table 3-17
Actuation ‑ 3RT202.‑.NB3, 3RT202.‑.NF3, 3RT202.‑.NP3 contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Table 3-18
Main circuit ‑ Current carrying capacity for alternating current (3RT202. contactors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Table 3-19
Rated data for auxiliary contacts (CSA and UL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Table 3-20
Main circuit ‑ Current carrying capacity for direct current (3RT202. contactors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Table 3-21
Conductor cross-sections ‑ 3RT202. contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Table 3-22
CSA and UL rated data (3RT201. contactors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Table 3-23
CSA and UL rated data (3RT202. contactors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Table 3-24
General data - 3RT231. and 3RT232. contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Table 3-25
Short-circuit protection for contactors without overload relay (3RT231. and 3RT232. contactors) . . . . . 184
Table 3-26
Actuation of 3RT231. and 3RT232. contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Table 3-27
Main circuit ‑ Current carrying capacity for alternating current (3RT231. and 3RT232. contactors) . . . . 186
Table 3-28
Main circuit ‑ Current carrying capacity for direct current (3RT231. and 3RT232. contactors) . . . . . . . . 187
Table 3-29
General data - 3RT251. and 3RT252. contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Table 3-30
Short-circuit protection for contactors without overload relay (3RT251. and 3RT252. contactors) . . . . . 190
Table 3-31
Actuation of 3RT251. and 3RT252. contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Table 3-32
Main circuit ‑ Current carrying capacity for alternating current (3RT251. and 3RT252. contactors) . . . . 191
Table 3-33
Main circuit ‑ Current carrying capacity for direct current (3RT251. and 3RT252. contactors) . . . . . . . . 192
Table 3-34
Contactors with series resistor and coupling relays for railway applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Table 3-35
Contactors with electronic drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Table 3-36
Technical data for 3RH21..-.HB40, 3RH21..-.JB40, 3RH21..-.KB40 contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Table 3-37
Technical data for 3RH21..-.MB40-0KT0, 3RH21..-.VB40, 3RH21..-.WB40 contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Table 3-38
General data and actuation for coupling relays 3RT201.‑..B4. and 3RT202.‑..B4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Table 3-39
General data and actuation (coupling relays 3RT201.-1MB4.-0KT0, 3RT201.‑1VB4., 3RT201.‑1WB4.) . .
197
Table 3-40
Permissible mounting position of 3RH2 contactor relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Table 3-41
Positively driven operation of contacts in the case of 3RH2 contactor relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Table 3-42
Contact reliability of 3RH2 contactor relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Table 3-43
General data – 3RH2. contactor relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Table 3-44
Short-circuit protection for 3RH2. contactor relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Table 3-45
CSA and UL rated data (3RH2. contactor relays) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Table 3-46
Conductor cross-sections ‑ 3RH2. contactor relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Table 3-47
Actuation ‑ 3RH2. contactor relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Table 3-48
Load side ‑ 3RH2. contactor relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
11
Table of contents
Table 3-49
General data for the pneumatic delay block 3RT2926-2P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Table 3-50
OFF-delay device 3RT2916-2B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Table 3-51
Terminal module for contactors with screw connection 3RT1900‑4RE01, 3RT1916‑4RD01,
3RT1926‑4RD01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Table 3-52
General data 3RT2926‑3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Table 3-53
General data ‑ Coupling link 3RH2924‑1GP11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Table 3-54
Control side ‑ Coupling link 3RH2924‑1GP11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Table 3-55
Load side ‑ Coupling link 3RH2924‑1GP11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Table 4-56
Conducted disturbance voltage and radiated emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Table 4-57
Harmonic Currents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Table 4-58
EMC Immunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Table 4-59
G120C Frame Sizes A, 3 AC 380 V … 480 V, ± 10 % - part 16SL3210-… . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Table 4-60
G120C Frame Sizes A, 3 AC 380 V … 480 V, ± 10 % - part 26SL3210-… . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Table 4-61
G120C Frame Sizes A, 3 AC 380 V … 480 V, ± 10 % - part 36SL3210-… . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Table 4-62
G120C Frame Sizes B, 3 AC 380 V … 480 V, ± 10 % - part 46SL3210-… . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Table 4-63
G120C Frame Sizes C, 3 AC 380 V … 480 V, ± 10 % - part 56SL3210-… . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Table 4-64
Current reduction depending on pulse frequency 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Table 4-65
Technical specifications of the line reactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Table 4-66
Technical specifications of the line reactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Table 4-67
Technical specifications of the breaking resistors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Table 4-68
Technical specifications of the line reactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
12
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
1
1.1
Technical
General specifications
Technical Specifications
Technical specifications
1.1
1
General Technical Specifications
Standards compliance
The S7-1200 automation system complies with the following standards and test specifications. The test
criteria for the S7-1200 automation system are based on these standards and test specifications.
CE approval
The S7-1200 Automation System satisfies requirements and safety related objectives according to the
EC directives listed below, and conforms to the harmonized European standards (EN) for the
programmable controllers listed in the Official Journals of the European Community.
•
EC Directive 2006/95/EC (Low Voltage Directive) "Electrical Equipment Designed for Use within
Certain Voltage Limits"
―
•
•
EN 61131-2:2007 Programmable controllers - Equipment requirements and tests
EC Directive 2004/108/EC (EMC Directive) "Electromagnetic Compatibility"
―
Emission standard
EN 61000-6-4:2007: Industrial Environment
―
Immunity standard
EN 61000-6-2:2005: Industrial Environment
EC Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX) "Equipment and Protective Systems Intended for Use in Potentially
Explosive Atmosphere"
― EN 60079-15:2005: Type of Protection 'n'
The CE Declaration of Conformity is held on file available to competent authorities at:
Siemens AG
IA AS RD ST PLC Amberg
Werner-von-Siemens-Str. 50
D92224 Amberg
Germany
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
13
Technical specifications
1.1 General Technical Specifications
cULus approval
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. complying with:
•
•
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.: UL 508 Listed (Industrial Control Equipment)
Canadian Standards Association: CSA C22.2 Number 142 (Process Control Equipment)
Note
The SIMATIC S7-1200 series meets the CSA standard.
The cULus logo indicates that the S7-1200 has been examined and certified by Underwriters
Laboratories (UL) to standards UL 508 and CSA 22.2 No. 142.
FM approval
Factory Mutual Research (FM)
Approval Standard Class Number 3600 and 3611
Approved for use in:
Class I, Division 2, Gas Group A, B, C, D, Temperature Class T4A Ta = 40° C
Class I, Zone 2, IIC, Temperature Class T4 Ta = 40° C
Canadian Class I, Zone 2 Installation per CEC 18-150
Note
The SM 1223 DI 8 x 120/230 VAC, DQ 8 x Relay (6ES7 223-1QH30-0XB0) signal module is approved
for use in Class 1, Division 2, Gas Group A, B, C, D, Temperature Class T4 Ta = 40° C.
ATEX approval
EN 60079-0:2006: Explosive Atmospheres - General Requirements
EN 60079-15:2005: Electrical Apparatus for potentially explosive atmospheres;
Type of protection 'n'
II 3 G Ex nA II T4
The following special conditions for safe use of the S7-1200 must be followed:
14
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.1 General Technical Specifications
•
•
•
Install modules in a suitable enclosure providing a minimum degree of protection of IP54 according
to EN 60529 and take into account the environmental conditions under which the equipment will be
used.
When the temperature under rated conditions exceeds 70° C at the cable entry point, or 80° C at
the branching point of the conductors, the temperature specification of the selected cable should be
in compliance with the actual measured temperature.
Provisions should be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient
disturbances of more than 40%.
C-Tick approval
The S7-1200 automation system satisfies requirements of standards to AS/NZS 2064 (Class A).
Korea Certification
The S7-1200 automation system satisfies the requirements of the Korean Certification (KC Mark). It has
been defined as Class A Equipment and is intended for industrial applications and has not been
considered for home use.
Maritime approval
The S7-1200 products are periodically submitted for special agency approvals related to specific markets
and applications. Consult your local Siemens representative if you need additional information related to
the latest listing of exact approvals by part number.
Classification societies:
•
•
•
•
•
•
ABS (American Bureau of Shipping)
BV (Bureau Veritas)
DNV (Det Norske Veritas)
GL (Germanischer Lloyd)
LRS (Lloyds Register of Shipping)
Class NK (Nippon Kaiji Kyokai)
Note
The CM 1242-5 (PROFIBUS Slave module), the CM 1243-5 (PROFIBUS Master module), and the
CP 1242-7 (GPRS module) do not have Maritime approval.
Industrial environments
The S7-1200 automation system is designed for use in industrial environments.
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
15
Technical specifications
1.1 General Technical Specifications
Table1-1
Industrial environments
Application field
Noise emission requirements
Noise immunity requirements
Industrial
EN 61000-6-4:2007
EN 61000-6-2:2005
Electromagnetic compatibility
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) is the ability of an electrical device to operate as intended in an
electromagnetic environment and to operate without emitting levels of electromagnetic interference (EMI)
that may disturb other electrical devices in the vicinity.
Table1-2
Immunity per EN 61000-6-2
Electromagnetic compatibility - Immunity per EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-4-2
Electrostatic discharge
8 kV air discharge to all surfaces
6 kV contact discharge to exposed conductive surfaces
EN 61000-4-3
Radiated, radio-frequency,
electromagnetic field immunity test
80 to 1000 MHz, 10 V/m, 80% AM at 1 kHz
1.4 to 2.0 GHz, 3 V/m, 80% AM at 1 kHz
2.0 to 2.7 GHz, 1 V/m, 80% AM at 1 kHz
EN 61000-4-4
Fast transient bursts
2 kV, 5 kHz with coupling network to AC and DC system power
2 kV, 5 kHz with coupling clamp to I/O
EN 6100-4-5
Surge immunity
AC systems - 2 kV common mode, 1kV differential mode
DC systems - 2 kV common mode, 1kV differential mode
For DC systems (I/O signals, DC power systems) external protection is required.
EN 61000-4-6
Conducted disturbances
150 kHz to 80 MHz, 10 V RMS, 80% AM at 1kHz
EN 61000-4-11
Voltage dips
AC systems
0% for 1 cycle, 40% for 12 cycles and 70% for 30 cycles at 60 Hz
Table1-3
Conducted and radiated emissions per EN 61000-6-4
Electromagnetic compatibility - Conducted and radiated emissions per EN 61000-6-4
Conducted Emissions
0.15 MHz to 0.5 MHz
<79dB (μV) quasi-peak; <66 dB (μV) average
EN 55011, Class A, Group 1
0.5 MHz to 5 MHz
<73dB (μV) quasi-peak; <60 dB (μV) average
5 MHz to 30 MHz
<73dB (μV) quasi-peak; <60 dB (μV) average
Radiated Emissions
30 MHz to 230 MHz
<40dB (μV/m) quasi-peak; measured at 10m
EN 55011, Class A, Group 1
230 MHz to 1 GHz
<47dB (μV/m) quasi-peak; measured at 10m
Environmental conditions
Table1-4
Transport and storage
Environmental conditions - Transport and storage
EN 60068-2-2, Test Bb, Dry heat and
EN 60068-2-1, Test Ab, Cold
16
-40° C to +70° C
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.1 General Technical Specifications
Environmental conditions - Transport and storage
EN 60068-2-30, Test Db, Damp heat
25° C to 55° C, 95% humidity
EN 60068-2-14, Test Na, temperature shock
-40° C to +70° C, dwell time 3 hours, 5 cycles
EN 60068-2-32, Free fall
0.3 m, 5 times, product packaging
Atmospheric pressure
1080 to 660h Pa (corresponding to an altitude of -1000 to 3500m)
Table1-5
Operating conditions
Environmental conditions - Operating
Ambient temperature range
(Inlet Air 25 mm below unit)
0° C to 55° C horizontal mounting
0° C to 45° C vertical mounting
95% non-condensing humidity
Atmospheric pressure
1080 to 795 hPa (corresponding to an altitude of -1000 to 2000m)
Concentration of contaminants
S02: < 0.5 ppm; H2S: < 0.1 ppm; RH < 60% non-condensing
EN 60068-2-14, Test Nb, temperature change
5° C to 55° C, 3° C/minute
EN 60068-2-27 Mechanical shock
15 G, 11 ms pulse, 6 shocks in each of 3 axis
EN 60068-2-6 Sinusoidal vibration
DIN rail mount: 3.5 mm from 5-9 Hz, 1G from 9 - 150 Hz
Panel Mount: 7.0 mm from 5-9 Hz, 2G from 9 to 150 Hz
10 sweeps each axis, 1 octave per minute
Table1-6
High potential isolation test
High potential isolation test
24 V/5 V nominal circuits
115/230 V circuits to ground
115/230 V circuits to 115/230 V circuits
115 V/230V circuits to 24 V/5 V circuits
520 VDC (type test of optical isolation boundaries)
1,500 VAC routine test/1950 VDC type test
1,500 VAC routine test/1950 VDC type test
1,500 VAC routine test/3250 VDC type test
Protection class
•
Protection Class II according to EN 61131-2 (Protective conductor not required)
Degree of protection
•
•
IP20 Mechanical Protection, EN 60529
Protects against finger contact with high voltage as tested by standard probe. External protection
required for dust, dirt, water and foreign objects of < 12.5mm in diameter.
Rated voltages
Table1-7
Rated voltages
Rated voltage
Tolerance
24 VDC
20.4 VDC to 28.8 VDC
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
17
Technical specifications
1.1 General Technical Specifications
Rated voltage
Tolerance
120/230 VAC
85 VAC to 264 VAC, 47 to 63 Hz
Note
When a mechanical contact turns on output power to the S7-1200 CPU, or any digital signal module, it
sends a "1" signal to the digital outputs for approximately 50 microseconds. This could cause unexpected
machine or process operation which could result in death or serious injury to personnel and/or damage
to equipment. You must plan for this, especially if you are using devices which respond to short duration
pulses.
Reverse voltage protection
Reverse voltage protection circuitry is provided on each terminal pair of +24 VDC power or user input
power for CPUs, signal modules (SMs), and signal boards (SBs). It is still possible to damage the system
by wiring different terminal pairs in opposite polarities.
Some of the 24 VDC power input ports in the S7-1200 system are interconnected, with a common logic
circuit connecting multiple M terminals. For example, the following circuits are interconnected when
designated as "not isolated" in the data sheets: the 24 VDC power supply of the CPU, the power input
for the relay coil of an SM, or the power supply for a non-isolated analog input. All non-isolated M terminals
must connect to the same external reference potential.
Warning
Connecting non-isolated M terminals to different reference potentials will cause unintended current flows
that may cause damage or unpredictable operation in the PLC and any connected equipment.
Failure to comply with these guidelines could cause damage or unpredictable operation which could result
in death or serve personal injury and/or property damage.
Always ensure that all non-isolated M terminals in an S7-1200 system are connected to the same
reference potential.
DC Outputs
Short circuit protection circuitry is not provided for DC outputs on CPUs, signal modules (SMs) and signal
boards (SBs).
Relay electrical service life
The typical performance data supplied by relay vendors is shown below. Actual performance may vary
depending upon your specific application. An external protection circuit that is adapted to the load will
enhance the service life of the contacts.
18
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.2 CPU 1211C
1.2 CPU
1.2.1
General
1211C
specifications and features
1.2
CPU 1211C
1.2.1
General specifications and features
Table1-8
①
Service life (x 103 operations)
②
250 VAC resistive load
30 VDC resistive load
③
250 VAC inductive load (p.f=0.4)
30 VDC inductive load (L/R=7ms)
④
Rated Operating Current (A)
General specifications
Technical data
CPU 1211C
AC/DC/Relay
CPU 1211C
DC/DC/Relay
CPU 1211C
DC/DC/DC
Order number
6ES7 211-1BD30-0XB0
6ES7 211-1HD30-0XB0
6ES7 211-1AD30-0XB0
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
90 x 100 x 75
90 x 100 x 75
90 x 100 x 75
Weight
420 grams
380 grams
370 grams
Power dissipation
10 W
8W
8W
Current available (CM bus)
750 mA max. (5 VDC)
750 mA max. (5 VDC)
750 mA max. (5 VDC)
Current available (24 VDC)
300 mA max. (sensor power) 300 mA max. (sensor power) 300 mA max. (sensor
power)
Digital input current consumption 4 mA/input used
(24VDC)
Table1-9
4 mA/input used
4 mA/input used
CPU features
Technical data
User memory1
Description
Work
25 Kbytes
Load
1 Mbytes
Retentive
2 Kbytes
On-board digital I/O
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
6 inputs/4 outputs
19
Technical specifications
1.2 CPU 1211C
Technical data
Description
On-board analog I/O
2 inputs
Process image size
1024 bytes of inputs (I) /1024 bytes of outputs (Q)
Bit memory (M)
4096 bytes
Temporary (local) memory
•
•
•
16 Kbytes for startup and program cycle (including associated FBs and
FCs)
4 Kbytes for standard interrupt events including FBs and FCs
4 Kbytes for error interrupt events including FBs and FCs
Signal modules expansion
none
Signal board expansion
1 SB max.
Communication module expansion
3 CMs max.
High-speed counters
3 total
•
•
Single phase: 3 at 100 kHz
Quadrature phase: 3 at 80 kHz
Pulse outputs 2
2
Pulse catch inputs
6
Time delay / cyclic interrupts
4 total with 1 ms resolution
Edge interrupts
6 rising and 6 falling (10 and 10 with optional signal board)
Memory card
SIMATIC Memory Card (optional)
Real time clock accuracy
+/- 60 seconds/month
Real time clock retention time
10 days typ./6 days min. at 40°C (maintenance-free Super Capacitor)
1 The
size of the user program, data, and configuration is limited by the available load memory and work memory in the CPU.
There is no specific limit to the number of OB, FC, FB and DB blocks supported or to the size of a particular block; the only
limit is due to overall memory size.
2
For CPU models with relay outputs, you must install a digital signal board (SB) to use the pulse outputs.
Table1-10
Performance
Type of instruction
Execution speed
Boolean
0.1 μs/instruction
Move Word
12 μs/instruction
Real math
18 μs/instruction
20
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.2 CPU 1211C
Table1-11
Blocks, timers and counters supported by S7-1200
Element
Blocks
Description
Type
OB, FB, FC, DB
Size
25 Kbytes (CPU 1211C and CPU 1212C)
50 Kbytes (CPU 1214C)
OBs
Timers
Counters
Quantity
Up to 1024 blocks total (OBs + FBs + FCs + DBs)
Address range for FBs, FCs,
and DBs
1 to 65535 (such as FB 1 to FB 65535)
Nesting depth
16 from the program cycle or start up OB; 4 from the time delay
interrupt, time-of-day interrupt, cyclic interrupt, hardware interrupt, time
error interrupt, or diagnostic error interrupt OB
Monitoring
Status of 2 code blocks can be monitored simultaneously
Program cycle
Multiple: OB 1, OB 200 to OB 65535
Startup
Multiple: OB 100, OB 200 to OB 65535
Time-delay interrupts and
cyclic interrupts
41 (1 per event): OB 200 to OB 65535
Hardware interrupts (edges
and HSC)
50 (1 per event): OB 200 to OB 65535
Time error interrupts
1: OB 80
Diagnostic error interrupts
1: OB 82
Type
IEC
Quantity
Limited only by memory size
Storage
Structure in DB, 16 bytes per timer
Type
IEC
Quantity
Limited only by memory size
Storage
Structure in DB, size dependent upon count type
•
•
•
SInt, USInt: 3 bytes
Int, UInt: 6 bytes
DInt, UDInt: 12 bytes
1
Time-delay and cyclic interrupts use the same resources in the CPU. You can have only a total of 4 of these interrupts (timedelay plus cyclic interrupts). You cannot have 4 time-delay interrupts and 4 cyclic interrupts.
Table1-12
Communication
Technical data
Description
Number of ports
1
Type
Ethernet
HMI device1
3
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
21
Technical specifications
1.2 CPU 1211C
Technical data
Description
Programming device (PG)
1
Connections
•
•
•
8 for Open User Communication (active or passive): TSEND_C,
TRCV_C, TCON, TDISCON, TSEND, and TRCV
3 for server GET/PUT (CPU-to-CPU) S7 communication
8 for client GET/PUT (CPU-to-CPU) S7 communication
Data rates
10/100 Mb/s
Isolation (external signal to PLC logic)
Transformer isolated, 1500 VDC
Cable type
CAT5e shielded
1
The CPU provides dedicated HMI connections to support up to 3 HMI devices. (You can have up to 2 SIMATIC Comfort
panels.) The total number of HMI is affected by the types of HMI panels in your configuration. For example, you could have up
to three SIMATIC Basic panels connected to your CPU, or you could have up to two SIMATIC Comfort panels with one additional
Basic panel.
Table1-13
Power supply
Technical data
CPU 1211C
AC/DC/Relay
CPU 1211C
DC/DC/Relay
CPU 1211C
DC/DC/DC
Voltage range
85 to 264 VAC
20.4 to 28.8 VDC
20.4 to 28.8 VDC
Line frequency
47 to 63 Hz
--
--
Input
current
CPU only at max. load
60 mA at 120 VAC
30 mA at 240 VAC
300 mA at 24 VDC
300 mA at 24 VDC
CPU with all expansion
accessories at max. load
180 mA at 120 VAC
90 mA at 240 VAC
900 mA at 24 VDC
900 mA at 24 VDC
Inrush current (max.)
20 A at 264 VAC
12 A at 28.8 VDC
12 A at 28.8 VDC
Isolation (input power to logic)
1500 VAC
Not isolated
Not isolated
Ground leakage, AC line to functional earth 0.5 mA max.
--
--
Hold up time (loss of power)
20 ms at 120 VAC
80 ms at 240 VAC
10 ms at 24 VDC
10 ms at 24 VDC
Internal fuse, not user replaceable
3 A, 250 V, slow blow
3 A, 250 V, slow blow
3 A, 250 V, slow blow
Technical data
CPU 1211C
AC/DC/Relay
CPU 1211C
DC/DC/Relay
CPU 1211C
DC/DC/DC
Voltage range
20.4 to 28.8 VDC
L+ minus 4 VDC min.
L+ minus 4 VDC min.
Output current rating (max.)
300 mA (short circuit
protected)
300 mA (short circuit
protected)
300 mA (short circuit
protected)
Maximum ripple noise (<10 MHz)
< 1 V peak to peak
Same as input line
Same as input line
Isolation (CPU logic to sensor power)
Not isolated
Not isolated
Not isolated
Table1-14
22
Sensor power
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.2 CPU 1211C
1.2.2 Digital inputs and outputs
1.2.2
Digital inputs and outputs
Table1-15
Digital inputs
Technical data
CPU 1211C AC/DC/Relay, DC/DC/Relay, and DC/DC/DC
Number of inputs
6
Type
Sink/Source (IEC Type 1 sink)
Rated voltage
24 VDC at 4 mA, nominal
Continuous permissible voltage
30 VDC, max.
Surge voltage
35 VDC for 0.5 sec.
Logic 1 signal (min.)
15 VDC at 2.5 mA
Logic 0 signal (max.)
5 VDC at 1 mA
Isolation (field side to logic)
500 VAC for 1 minute
Isolation groups
1
Filter times
0.2, 0.4, 0.8, 1.6, 3.2, 6.4, and 12.8 ms (selectable in groups of 4)
HSC clock input rates (max.)
(Logic 1 Level = 15 to 26 VDC)
Single phase: 100 KHz
Number of inputs on simultaneously
6
Cable length (meters)
500 m shielded, 300 m unshielded, 50 m shielded for HSC inputs
Table1-16
Quadrature phase: 80 KHz
Digital outputs
Technical data
CPU 1211C AC/DC/Relay and DC/
DC/Relay
CPU 1211C
DC/DC/DC
Number of outputs
4
4
Type
Relay, dry contact
Solid state - MOSFET (sourcing)
Voltage range
5 to 30 VDC or 5 to 250 VAC
20.4 to 28.8 VDC
Logic 1 signal at max. current
--
20 VDC min.
Logic 0 signal with 10 KΩ load
--
0.1 VDC max.
Current (max.)
2.0 A
0.5 A
Lamp load
30 W DC / 200 W AC
5W
ON state resistance
0.2 Ω max. when new
0.6 Ω max.
Leakage current per point
--
10 μA max.
Surge current
7 A with contacts closed
8 A for 100 ms max.
Overload protection
No
No
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
23
Technical specifications
1.2 CPU 1211C
1.2.3 Analog
1.2.3.1
Analog
inputs
inputs
Technical data
CPU 1211C AC/DC/Relay and DC/
DC/Relay
CPU 1211C
DC/DC/DC
Isolation (field side to logic)
1500 VAC for 1 minute
(coil to contact)
500 VAC for 1 minute
None (coil to logic)
Isolation resistance
100 MΩ min. when new
--
Isolation between open contacts
750 VAC for 1 minute
--
Isolation groups
1
1
Inductive clamp voltage
--
L+ minus 48 VDC, 1 W dissipation
Maximum relay switching frequency
1 Hz
--
Switching delay (Qa.0 to Qa.3)
10 ms max.
1.0 μs max., off to on
3.0 μs max., on to off
Pulse Train Output rate
(Qa.0 and Qa.2)
Not recommended 1
100 KHz max.,
2 Hz min.2
Lifetime mechanical (no load)
10,000,000 open/close cycles
--
Lifetime contacts at rated load
100,000 open/close cycles
--
Behavior on RUN to STOP
Last value or substitute value
(default value 0)
Last value or substitute value
(default value 0)
Number of outputs on simultaneously
4
4
Cable length (meters)
500 m shielded,
150 m unshielded
500 m shielded,
150 m unshielded
1 For
CPU models with relay outputs, you must install a digital signal board (SB) to use the pulse outputs.
2
Depending on your pulse receiver and cable, an additional load resistor (at least 10% of rated current) may improve pulse
signal quality and noise immunity.
1.2.3
Analog inputs
1.2.3.1
Analog inputs
Table1-17
Analog inputs
Technical data
Description
Number of inputs
2
Type
Voltage (single-ended)
Range
0 to 10 V
Full-scale range (data word)
0 to 27648
24
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.2 CPU 1211C
1.2.3.2 Sample
1.2.3.3
Step response
time forofthe
thebuilt-in
built-inanalog
analogports
inputs
of of
thethe
CPU
CPU
Technical data
Description
Overshoot range (data word)
27,649 to 32,511
See the table for measurement ranges of the analog inputs for voltage
(Page 26) .
Overflow (data word)
32,512 to 32,767
Resolution
10 bits
Maximum withstand voltage
35 VDC
Smoothing
None, Weak, Medium, or Strong
See the table for step response (ms) for the analog inputs of the CPU (Page
25) .
Noise rejection
10, 50, or 60 Hz
Impedance
≥100 KΩ
Isolation (field side to logic)
None
Accuracy (25°C / 0 to 55°C)
3.0% / 3.5% of full-scale
Cable length (meters)
100 m, shielded twisted pair
1.2.3.2
Step response of the built-in analog inputs of the CPU
Table1-18
Step Response (ms), 0V to 10V measured at 95%
Smoothing selection (sample averaging)
Rejection frequency (Integration time)
60 Hz
50 Hz
10 Hz
None (1 cycle): No averaging
63 ms
65 ms
130 ms
Weak (4 cycles): 4 samples
84 ms
93 ms
340 ms
Medium (16 cycles): 16 samples
221 ms
258 ms
1210 ms
Strong (32 cycles): 32 samples
424 ms
499 ms
2410 ms
Sample time
4.17 ms
5 ms
25 ms
1.2.3.3
Sample time for the built-in analog ports of the CPU
Table1-19
Sample time for built-in analog inputs of the CPU
Rejection frequency(Integration time selection)
Sample time
60 Hz(16.6 ms)
4.17 ms
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
25
Technical specifications
1.2 CPU 1211C
1.2.3.4 Measurement ranges of the analog inputs for voltage
Rejection frequency(Integration time selection)
Sample time
50 Hz (20 ms)
5 ms
10 Hz (100 ms)
25 ms
1.2.3.4
Measurement ranges of the analog inputs for voltage
Table1-20
Analog input representation for voltage
System
Voltage Measuring Range
Decimal
Hexadecimal
±10 V
±5 V
±2.5 V
32767
7FFF
11.851 V
5.926 V
2.963 V
Overflow
11.851 V
Overflow
32512
7F00
32511
7EFF
11.759 V
5.879 V
2.940 V
Overshoot range
11.759 V
27649
6C01
Overshoot
range
27648
6C00
10 V
5V
2.5 V
Rated range
10 V
Rated range
20736
5100
7.5 V
3.75 V
1.875 V
7.5 V
1
1
361.7 μV
180.8 μV
90.4 μV
361.7 μV
0
0
0V
0V
0V
0V
-1
FFFF
-20736
AF00
-7.5 V
-3.75 V
-1.875 V
-27648
9400
-10 V
-5 V
-2.5 V
-27649
93FF
-32512
8100
-32513
80FF
-32768
8000
26
0 to 10 V
Negative
values are not
supported
Undershoot range
-11.759 V
-5.879 V
-2.940 V
Underflow
-11.851 V
-5.926 V
-2.963 V
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.2 CPU 1211C
1.2.4
Wiring diagrams
1.2.4 Wiring diagrams
Table1-21
CPU 1211C AC/DC/Relay (6ES7 211-1BD30-0XB0)
①
24 VDC Sensor Power
Out
For additional noise
immunity, connect "M" to
chassis ground even if
not using sensor supply.
②
For sinking inputs,
connect "-" to
"M" (shown).
For sourcing inputs,
connect "+" to "M".
Table1-22
CPU 1211C DC/DC/Relay (6ES7 211-1HD30-0XB0)
①
24 VDC Sensor Power
Out
For additional noise
immunity, connect "M" to
chassis ground even if
not using sensor supply.
②
For sinking inputs,
connect "-" to
"M" (shown).
For sourcing inputs,
connect "+" to "M".
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
27
Technical specifications
1.3 CPU 1212C
Table1-23
1.3 CPU
1.3.1
General
1212C
specifications and features
CPU 1211C DC/DC/DC (6ES7 211-1AD30-0XB0)
①
24 VDC Sensor Power
Out
For additional noise
immunity, connect "M" to
chassis ground even if
not using sensor supply.
②
For sinking inputs,
connect "-" to
"M" (shown).
For sourcing inputs,
connect "+" to "M".
Note
Unused analog inputs should be shorted.
1.3
CPU 1212C
1.3.1
General specifications and features
Table1-24
General
Technical data
CPU 1212C
AC/DC/Relay
CPU 1212C
DC/DC/Relay
CPU 1212C
DC/DC/DC
Order number
6ES7 212-1BD30-0XB0
6ES7 212-1HD30-0XB0
6ES7 212-1AD30-0XB0
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
90 x 100 x 75
90 x 100 x 75
90 x 100 x 75
Weight
425 grams
385 grams
370 grams
Power dissipation
11 W
9W
9W
Current available
(SM and CM bus)
1000 mA max.
(5 VDC)
1000 mA max.
(5 VDC)
1000 mA max.
(5 VDC)
28
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.3 CPU 1212C
Technical data
CPU 1212C
AC/DC/Relay
CPU 1212C
DC/DC/Relay
CPU 1212C
DC/DC/DC
Current available (24 VDC)
300 mA max.
(sensor power)
300 mA max.
(sensor power)
300 mA max.
(sensor power)
Digital input current consumption (24
VDC)
4 mA/input used
4 mA/input used
4 mA/input used
Table1-25
CPU features
Technical data
User
memory1
Description
Work
25 Kbytes
Load
1 Mbytes
Retentive
2 Kbytes
On-board digital I/O
8 inputs/6 outputs
On-board analog I/O
2 inputs
Process image size
1024 bytes of inputs (I)/1024 bytes of outputs (Q)
Bit memory (M)
4096 bytes
•
Temporary (local) memory
16 Kbytes for startup and program cycle (including associated FBs and
FCs)
•
•
4 Kbytes for standard interrupt events including FBs and FCs
4 Kbytes for error interrupt events including FBs and FCs
Signal modules expansion
2 SMs max.
Signal board expansion
1 SB max.
Communication module expansion
3 CMs max.
High-speed counters
4 total
•
•
Single phase: 3 at 100 kHz and 1 at 30 kHz clock rate
Quadrature phase: 3 at 80 kHz and 1 at 20 kHz clock rate
Pulse outputs 2
2
Pulse catch inputs
8
Time delay / cyclic interrupts
4 total with 1 ms resolution
Edge interrupts
8 rising and 8 falling (12 and 12 with optional signal board)
Memory card
SIMATIC Memory Card (optional)
Real time clock accuracy
+/- 60 seconds/month
Real time clock retention time
10 days typ./6 days min. at 40°C (maintenance-free Super Capacitor)
1 The
size of the user program, data, and configuration is limited by the available load memory and work memory in the CPU.
There is no specific limit to the number of OB, FC, FB and DB blocks supported or to the size of a particular block; the only
limit is due to overall memory size.
2
For CPU models with relay outputs, you must install a digital signal board (SB) to use the pulse outputs.
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
29
Technical specifications
1.3 CPU 1212C
Table1-26
Performance
Type of instruction
Execution speed
Boolean
0.1 μs/instruction
Move Word
12 μs/instruction
Real math
18 μs/instruction
Table1-27
Blocks, timers and counters supported by S7-1200
Element
Blocks
Description
Type
OB, FB, FC, DB
Size
25 Kbytes (CPU 1211C and CPU 1212C)
50 Kbytes (CPU 1214C)
OBs
Timers
30
Quantity
Up to 1024 blocks total (OBs + FBs + FCs + DBs)
Address range for FBs, FCs,
and DBs
1 to 65535 (such as FB 1 to FB 65535)
Nesting depth
16 from the program cycle or start up OB; 4 from the time delay
interrupt, time-of-day interrupt, cyclic interrupt, hardware interrupt, time
error interrupt, or diagnostic error interrupt OB
Monitoring
Status of 2 code blocks can be monitored simultaneously
Program cycle
Multiple: OB 1, OB 200 to OB 65535
Startup
Multiple: OB 100, OB 200 to OB 65535
Time-delay interrupts and
cyclic interrupts
41 (1 per event): OB 200 to OB 65535
Hardware interrupts (edges
and HSC)
50 (1 per event): OB 200 to OB 65535
Time error interrupts
1: OB 80
Diagnostic error interrupts
1: OB 82
Type
IEC
Quantity
Limited only by memory size
Storage
Structure in DB, 16 bytes per timer
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.3 CPU 1212C
Element
Counters
Description
Type
IEC
Quantity
Limited only by memory size
Storage
Structure in DB, size dependent upon count type
•
•
•
SInt, USInt: 3 bytes
Int, UInt: 6 bytes
DInt, UDInt: 12 bytes
1
Time-delay and cyclic interrupts use the same resources in the CPU. You can have only a total of 4 of these interrupts (timedelay plus cyclic interrupts). You cannot have 4 time-delay interrupts and 4 cyclic interrupts.
Table1-28
Communication
Technical data
Description
Number of ports
1
Type
Ethernet
HMI device1
3
Programming device (PG)
1
Connections
•
•
•
8 for Open User Communication (active or passive): TSEND_C,
TRCV_C, TCON, TDISCON, TSEND, and TRCV
3 for server GET/PUT (CPU-to-CPU) S7 communication
8 for client GET/PUT (CPU-to-CPU) S7 communication
Data rates
10/100 Mb/s
Isolation (external signal to PLC logic)
Transformer isolated, 1500 VDC
Cable type
CAT5e shielded
1
The CPU provides dedicated HMI connections to support up to 3 HMI devices. (You can have up to 2 SIMATIC Comfort
panels.) The total number of HMI is affected by the types of HMI panels in your configuration. For example, you could have up
to three SIMATIC Basic panels connected to your CPU, or you could have up to two SIMATIC Comfort panels with one additional
Basic panel.
Table1-29
Power supply
Technical data
CPU 1212C
AC/DC/Relay
CPU 1212C
DC/DC/Relay
CPU 1212C
DC/DC/DC
Voltage range
85 to 264 VAC
20.4 to 28.8 VDC
20.4 to 28.8 VDC
Line frequency
47 to 63 Hz
--
--
CPU only
80 mA at 120 VAC
40 mA at 240 VAC
400 mA at 24 VDC
400 mA at 24 VDC
CPU with all expansion
accessories
240 mA at 120 VAC
120 mA at 240 VAC
1200 mA at 24 VDC
1200 mA at 24 VDC
Input current
(max. load)
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
31
Technical specifications
1.3 CPU 1212C
1.3.2 Digital inputs and outputs
Technical data
CPU 1212C
AC/DC/Relay
CPU 1212C
DC/DC/Relay
CPU 1212C
DC/DC/DC
Inrush current (max.)
20 A at 264 VAC
12 A at 28.8 VDC
12 A at 28.8 VDC
Isolation (input power to logic)
1500 VAC
Not isolated
Not isolated
Ground leakage, AC line to functional earth
0.5 mA max.
--
--
Hold up time (loss of power)
20 ms at 120 VAC
80 ms at 240 VAC
10 ms at 24 VDC
10 ms at 24 VDC
Internal fuse, not user replaceable
3 A, 250 V, slow blow
3 A, 250 V, slow blow
3 A, 250 V, slow blow
Technical data
CPU 1212C
AC/DC/Relay
CPU 1212C
DC/DC/Relay
CPU 1212C
DC/DC/DC
Voltage range
20.4 to 28.8 VDC
L+ minus 4 VDC min.
L+ minus 4 VDC min.
Output current rating (max.)
300 mA (short circuit
protected)
300 mA (short circuit
protected)
300 mA (short circuit
protected)
Maximum ripple noise (<10 MHz)
< 1 V peak to peak
Same as input line
Same as input line
Isolation (CPU logic to sensor power)
Not isolated
Not isolated
Not isolated
Table1-30
1.3.2
Sensor power
Digital inputs and outputs
Table1-31
Digital inputs
Technical data
CPU 1212C AC/DC/Relay, DC/DC/Relay, and DC/DC/DC
Number of inputs
8
Type
Sink/Source (IEC Type 1 sink)
Rated voltage
24 VDC at 4 mA, nominal
Continuous permissible voltage
30 VDC, max.
Surge voltage
35 VDC for 0.5 sec.
Logic 1 signal (min.)
15 VDC at 2.5 mA
Logic 0 signal (max.)
5 VDC at 1 mA
Isolation (field side to logic)
500 VAC for 1 minute
Isolation groups
1
Filter times
0.2, 0.4, 0.8, 1.6, 3.2, 6.4, and 12.8 ms (selectable in groups of 4)
HSC clock input rates (max.)
(Logic 1 Level = 15 to 26 VDC)
Single phase: 100 KHz (Ia.0 to Ia.5) and 30 KHz (Ia.6 to Ia.7)
Quadrature phase: 80 KHz (Ia.0 to Ia.5) and 20 KHz (Ia.6 to Ia.7)
Number of inputs on simultaneously
8
32
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.3 CPU 1212C
Technical data
CPU 1212C AC/DC/Relay, DC/DC/Relay, and DC/DC/DC
Cable length (meters)
500 m shielded, 300 m unshielded, 50 m shielded for HSC inputs
Table1-32
Digital outputs
Technical data
CPU 1212C AC/DC/Relay
and DC/DC/Relay
CPU 1212C
DC/DC/DC
Number of outputs
6
6
Type
Relay, dry contact
Solid state - MOSFET (sourcing)
Voltage range
5 to 30 VDC or 5 to 250 VAC
20.4 to 28.8 VDC
Logic 1 signal at max. current
--
20 VDC min.
Logic 0 signal with 10 KΩ load
--
0.1 VDC max.
Current (max.)
2.0 A
0.5 A
Lamp load
30 W DC / 200 W AC
5W
ON state resistance
0.2 Ω max. when new
0.6 Ω max.
Leakage current per point
--
10 μA max.
Surge current
7 A with contacts closed
8 A for 100 ms max.
Overload protection
No
No
Isolation (field side to logic)
1500 VAC for 1 minute (coil to contact)
500 VAC for 1 minute
None (coil to logic)
Isolation resistance
100 MΩ min. when new
--
Isolation between open contacts
750 VAC for 1 minute
--
Isolation groups
2
1
Inductive clamp voltage
--
L+ minus 48 VDC, 1 W dissipation
Switching delay (Qa.0 to Qa.3)
10 ms max.
1.0 μs max., off to on
3.0 μs max., on to off
Switching delay (Qa.4 to Qa.5)
10 ms max.
50 μs max., off to on
200 μs max., on to off
Maximum relay switching frequency
1 Hz
--
Pulse Train Output rate
(Qa.0 and Qa.2)
Not recommended 1
100 KHz max.,
2 Hz min.2
Lifetime mechanical (no load)
10,000,000 open/close cycles
--
Lifetime contacts at rated load
100,000 open/close cycles
--
Behavior on RUN to STOP
Last value or substitute value
(default value 0)
Last value or substitute value (default
value 0)
Number of Outputs On simultaneously 6
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
6
33
Technical specifications
1.3 CPU 1212C
1.3.3 Analog
1.3.3.1
Analog
inputs
inputs
Technical data
CPU 1212C AC/DC/Relay
and DC/DC/Relay
CPU 1212C
DC/DC/DC
Cable length (meters)
500 m shielded,
150 m unshielded
500 m shielded,
150 m unshielded
1
For CPU models with relay outputs, you must install a digital signal board (SB) to use the pulse outputs.
2
Depending on your pulse receiver and cable, an additional load resistor (at least 10% of rated current) may improve pulse
signal quality and noise immunity.
1.3.3
Analog inputs
1.3.3.1
Analog inputs
Table1-33
Analog inputs
Technical data
Description
Number of inputs
2
Type
Voltage (single-ended)
Range
0 to 10 V
Full-scale range (data word)
0 to 27648
Overshoot range (data word)
27,649 to 32,511
See the table for measurement ranges of the analog inputs for voltage
(Page 26) .
Overflow (data word)
32,512 to 32,767
Resolution
10 bits
Maximum withstand voltage
35 VDC
Smoothing
None, Weak, Medium, or Strong
See the table for step response (ms) for the analog inputs of the CPU (Page
25) .
Noise rejection
10, 50, or 60 Hz
Impedance
≥100 KΩ
Isolation (field side to logic)
None
Accuracy (25°C / 0 to 55°C)
3.0% / 3.5% of full-scale
Cable length (meters)
100 m, shielded twisted pair
34
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.3 CPU 1212C
1.3.3.2
Step response of the built-in analog inputs of the CPU
1.3.3.2 Measurement
1.3.3.3
1.3.3.4
Step response
Sample
time for
ranges
ofthe
thebuilt-in
built-in
of theanalog
analog
analogports
inputs
inputs
offor
of
thethe
voltage
CPU
CPU
Table1-34
Step Response (ms), 0V to 10V measured at 95%
Smoothing selection (sample averaging)
Rejection frequency (Integration time)
60 Hz
50 Hz
10 Hz
None (1 cycle): No averaging
63 ms
65 ms
130 ms
Weak (4 cycles): 4 samples
84 ms
93 ms
340 ms
Medium (16 cycles): 16 samples
221 ms
258 ms
1210 ms
Strong (32 cycles): 32 samples
424 ms
499 ms
2410 ms
Sample time
4.17 ms
5 ms
25 ms
1.3.3.3
Sample time for the built-in analog ports of the CPU
Table1-35
Sample time for built-in analog inputs of the CPU
Rejection frequency(Integration time selection)
Sample time
60 Hz(16.6 ms)
4.17 ms
50 Hz (20 ms)
5 ms
10 Hz (100 ms)
25 ms
1.3.3.4
Measurement ranges of the analog inputs for voltage
Table1-36
Analog input representation for voltage
System
Voltage Measuring Range
Decimal
Hexadecimal
±10 V
±5 V
±2.5 V
32767
7FFF
11.851 V
5.926 V
2.963 V
Overflow
11.851 V
Overflow
32512
7F00
32511
7EFF
11.759 V
5.879 V
2.940 V
Overshoot range
11.759 V
27649
6C01
Overshoot
range
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
0 to 10 V
35
Technical specifications
1.3 CPU 1212C
1.3.4 Wiring diagrams
System
Voltage Measuring Range
Decimal
Hexadecimal
±10 V
±5 V
±2.5 V
27648
6C00
10 V
5V
2.5 V
20736
5100
7.5 V
3.75 V
1.875 V
7.5 V
1
1
361.7 μV
180.8 μV
90.4 μV
361.7 μV
0
0
0V
0V
0V
0V
-1
FFFF
-20736
AF00
-7.5 V
-3.75 V
-1.875 V
-27648
9400
-10 V
-5 V
-2.5 V
-27649
93FF
-32512
8100
-32513
80FF
-32768
8000
1.3.4
0 to 10 V
Rated range
10 V
Rated range
Negative
values are not
supported
Undershoot range
-11.759 V
-5.879 V
-2.940 V
Underflow
-11.851 V
-5.926 V
-2.963 V
Wiring diagrams
Table1-37
CPU 1212C AC/DC/Relay (6ES7 212-1BD30-0XB0)
①
24 VDC Sensor Power
Out
For additional noise
immunity, connect "M" to
chassis ground even if
not using sensor supply.
②
For sinking inputs,
connect "-" to
"M" (shown).
For sourcing inputs,
connect "+" to "M".
36
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.3 CPU 1212C
Table1-38
CPU 1212C DC/DC/Relay (6ES7 212-1HD30-0XB0)
①
24 VDC Sensor Power
Out
For additional noise
immunity, connect "M" to
chassis ground even if
not using sensor supply.
②
For sinking inputs,
connect "-" to
"M" (shown).
For sourcing inputs,
connect "+" to "M".
Table1-39
CPU 1212C DC/DC/DC (6ES7-212-1AD30-0XB0)
①
24 VDC Sensor Power
Out
For additional noise
immunity, connect "M" to
chassis ground even if
not using sensor supply.
②
For sinking inputs,
connect "-" to
"M" (shown).
For sourcing inputs,
connect "+" to "M".
Note
Unused analog inputs should be shorted.
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
37
Technical specifications
1.4 CPU 1214C
1.4
CPU 1214C
1.4.1
General specifications and features
1.4 CPU
1.4.1
General
1214C
specifications and features
Table1-40
General
Technical data
CPU 1214C
AC/DC/Relay
CPU 1214C
DC/DC/Relay
CPU 1214C
DC/DC/DC
Order number
6ES7 214-1BE30-0XB0
6ES7 214-1HE30-0XB0
6ES7 214-1AE30-0XB0
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
110 x 100 x 75
110 x 100 x 75
110 x 100 x 75
Weight
475 grams
435 grams
415 grams
Power dissipation
14 W
12 W
12 W
Current available (SM and CM bus)
1600 mA max.
(5 VDC)
1600 mA max.
(5 VDC)
1600 mA max.
(5 VDC)
Current available (24 VDC)
400 mA max.
(sensor power)
400 mA max.
(sensor power)
400 mA max.
(sensor power)
Digital input current consumption
(24VDC)
4 mA/input used
4 mA/input used
4 mA/input used
Table1-41
CPU features
Technical data
User memory1
Description
Work
50 Kbytes
Load
2 Mbytes
Retentive
2 Kbytes
On-board digital I/O
14 inputs/10 outputs
On-board analog I/O
2 inputs
Process image size
1024 bytes of inputs (I)/1024 bytes of outputs (Q)
Bit memory (M)
8192 bytes
Temporary (local) memory
•
•
•
16 Kbytes for startup and program cycle (including associated FBs and FCs)
4 Kbytes for standard interrupt events including FBs and FCs
4 Kbytes for error interrupt events including FBs and FCs
Signal modules expansion
8 SMs max.
Signal board expansion
1 SB max.
Communication module expansion
3 CMs max.
High-speed counters
6 total
38
•
•
Single phase: 3 at 100 kHz and 3 at 30 kHz clock rate
Quadrature phase: 3 at 80 kHz and 3 at 20 kHz clock rate
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.4 CPU 1214C
Technical data
Description
Pulse outputs 2
2
Pulse catch inputs
14
Time delay / cyclic interrupts
4 total with 1 ms resolution
Edge interrupts
12 rising and 12 falling (14 and 14 with optional signal board)
Memory card
SIMATIC Memory Card (optional)
Real time clock accuracy
+/- 60 seconds/month
Real time clock retention time
10 days typ./6 days min. at 40°C (maintenance-free Super Capacitor)
1 The
size of the user program, data, and configuration is limited by the available load memory and work memory in the CPU.
There is no specific limit to the number of OB, FC, FB and DB blocks supported or to the size of a particular block; the only
limit is due to overall memory size.
2
For CPU models with relay outputs, you must install a digital signal board (SB) to use the pulse outputs.
Table1-42
Performance
Type of instruction
Execution speed
Boolean
0.1 μs/instruction
Move Word
12 μs/instruction
Real math
18 μs/instruction
Table1-43
Blocks, timers and counters supported by S7-1200
Element
Blocks
Description
Type
OB, FB, FC, DB
Size
25 Kbytes (CPU 1211C and CPU 1212C)
50 Kbytes (CPU 1214C)
Quantity
Up to 1024 blocks total (OBs + FBs + FCs + DBs)
Address range for FBs, FCs,
and DBs
1 to 65535 (such as FB 1 to FB 65535)
Nesting depth
16 from the program cycle or start up OB; 4 from the time delay
interrupt, time-of-day interrupt, cyclic interrupt, hardware interrupt, time
error interrupt, or diagnostic error interrupt OB
Monitoring
Status of 2 code blocks can be monitored simultaneously
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
39
Technical specifications
1.4 CPU 1214C
Element
OBs
Timers
Counters
Description
Program cycle
Multiple: OB 1, OB 200 to OB 65535
Startup
Multiple: OB 100, OB 200 to OB 65535
Time-delay interrupts and
cyclic interrupts
41 (1 per event): OB 200 to OB 65535
Hardware interrupts (edges
and HSC)
50 (1 per event): OB 200 to OB 65535
Time error interrupts
1: OB 80
Diagnostic error interrupts
1: OB 82
Type
IEC
Quantity
Limited only by memory size
Storage
Structure in DB, 16 bytes per timer
Type
IEC
Quantity
Limited only by memory size
Storage
Structure in DB, size dependent upon count type
•
•
•
SInt, USInt: 3 bytes
Int, UInt: 6 bytes
DInt, UDInt: 12 bytes
1
Time-delay and cyclic interrupts use the same resources in the CPU. You can have only a total of 4 of these interrupts (timedelay plus cyclic interrupts). You cannot have 4 time-delay interrupts and 4 cyclic interrupts.
Table1-44
Communication
Technical data
Description
Number of ports
1
Type
Ethernet
HMI device1
3
Programming device (PG)
1
Connections
•
•
•
8 for Open User Communication (active or passive): TSEND_C,
TRCV_C, TCON, TDISCON, TSEND, and TRCV
3 for server GET/PUT (CPU-to-CPU) S7 communication
8 for client GET/PUT (CPU-to-CPU) S7 communication
Data rates
10/100 Mb/s
Isolation (external signal to PLC logic)
Transformer isolated, 1500 VDC
Cable type
CAT5e shielded
1
The CPU provides dedicated HMI connections to support up to 3 HMI devices. (You can have up to 2 SIMATIC Comfort
panels.) The total number of HMI is affected by the types of HMI panels in your configuration. For example, you could have up
40
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.4 CPU 1214C
to three SIMATIC Basic panels connected to your CPU, or you could have up to two SIMATIC Comfort panels with one additional
Basic panel.
1.4.2 Digital inputs and outputs
Table1-45
Power supply
Technical data
CPU 1214C
AC/DC/Relay
CPU 1214C
DC/DC/Relay
Voltage range
85 to 264 VAC
20.4 to 28.8 VDC
Line frequency
47 to 63 Hz
--
CPU only
100 mA at 120 VAC
50 mA at 240 VAC
500 mA at 24 VDC
CPU with all expansion
accessories
300 mA at 120 VAC
150 mA at 240 VAC
1500 mA at 24 VDC
Inrush current (max.)
20 A at 264 VAC
12 A at 28.8 VDC
Isolation (input power to logic)
1500 VAC
Not isolated
Input current
(max. load)
Ground leakage, AC line to functional earth 0.5 mA max.
-
Hold up time (loss of power)
20 ms at 120 VAC
80 ms at 240 VAC
10 ms at 24 VDC
Internal fuse, not user replaceable
3 A, 250 V, slow blow
Table1-46
CPU 1214C
DC/DC/DC
Sensor power
Technical data
CPU 1214C
AC/DC/Relay
CPU 1214C
DC/DC/Relay
Voltage range
20.4 to 28.8 VDC
L+ minus 4 VDC min.
Output current rating (max.)
400 mA (short circuit protected)
Maximum ripple noise (<10 MHz)
< 1 V peak to peak
Isolation (CPU logic to sensor power)
Not isolated
1.4.2
CPU 1214C
DC/DC/DC
Same as input line
Digital inputs and outputs
Table1-47
Digital inputs
Technical data
CPU 1214C
AC/DC/Relay
Number of inputs
14
Type
Sink/Source (IEC Type 1 sink)
Rated voltage
24 VDC at 4 mA, nominal
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
CPU 1214C
DC/DC/Relay
CPU 1214C
DC/DC/DC
41
Technical specifications
1.4 CPU 1214C
Technical data
CPU 1214C
AC/DC/Relay
Continuous permissible voltage
30 VDC, max.
Surge voltage
35 VDC for 0.5 sec.
Logic 1 signal (min.)
15 VDC at 2.5 mA
Logic 0 signal (max.)
5 VDC at 1 mA
Isolation (field side to logic)
500 VAC for 1 minute
Isolation groups
1
Filter times
0.2, 0.4, 0.8, 1.6, 3.2, 6.4, and 12.8 ms (selectable in groups of 4)
HSC clock input rates (max.)
(Logic 1 Level = 15 to 26 VDC)
Single phase: 100 KHz (Ia.0 to Ia.5) and 30 KHz (Ia.6 to Ib.5)
Quadrature phase: 80 KHz (Ia.0 to Ia.5) and 20 KHz (Ia.6 to Ib.5)
Number of inputs on simultaneously
14
Cable length (meters)
500 m shielded, 300 m unshielded, 50 m shielded for HSC inputs
Table1-48
CPU 1214C
DC/DC/Relay
CPU 1214C
DC/DC/DC
Digital outputs
Technical data
CPU 1214C AC/DC/Relay
and DC/DC/Relay
CPU 1214C
DC/DC/DC
Number of outputs
10
10
Type
Relay, dry contact
Solid state - MOSFET (sourcing)
Voltage range
5 to 30 VDC or 5 to 250 VAC
20.4 to 28.8 VDC
Logic 1 signal at max. current
--
20 VDC min.
Logic 0 signal with 10 KΩ load
--
0.1 VDC max.
Current (max.)
2.0 A
0.5 A
Lamp load
30 W DC / 200 W AC
5W
ON state resistance
0.2 Ω max. when new
0.6 Ω max.
Leakage current per point
--
10 μA max.
Surge current
7 A with contacts closed
8 A for 100 ms max.
Overload protection
No
No
Isolation (field side to logic)
1500 VAC for 1 minute (coil to contact)
500 VAC for 1 minute
None (coil to logic)
Isolation resistance
100 MΩ min. when new
--
Isolation between open contacts
750 VAC for 1 minute
--
Isolation groups
2
1
Inductive clamp voltage
--
L+ minus 48 VDC,
1 W dissipation
42
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.4 CPU 1214C
1.4.3 Analog
1.4.3.1
Analog
inputs
inputs
Technical data
CPU 1214C AC/DC/Relay
and DC/DC/Relay
CPU 1214C
DC/DC/DC
Switching delay (Qa.0 to Qa.3)
10 ms max.
1.0 μs max., off to on
3.0 μs max., on to off
Switching delay (Qa.4 to Qb.1)
10 ms max.
50 μs max., off to on
200 μs max., on to off
Maximum relay switching frequency
1 Hz
--
Pulse Train Output rate
(Qa.0 and Qa.2)
Not recommended 1
100 KHz max.,
2 Hz min. 2
Lifetime mechanical (no load)
10,000,000 open/close cycles
--
Lifetime contacts at rated load
100,000 open/close cycles
--
Behavior on RUN to STOP
Last value or substitute value (default value 0)
Number of Outputs On simultaneously 10
Cable length (meters)
1
500 m shielded, 150 m unshielded
For CPU models with relay outputs, you must install a digital signal board (SB) to use the pulse outputs.
2
Depending on your pulse receiver and cable, an additional load resistor (at least 10% of rated current) may improve pulse
signal quality and noise immunity.
1.4.3
Analog inputs
1.4.3.1
Analog inputs
Table1-49
Analog inputs
Technical data
Description
Number of inputs
2
Type
Voltage (single-ended)
Range
0 to 10 V
Full-scale range (data word)
0 to 27648
Overshoot range (data word)
27,649 to 32,511
See the table for measurement ranges of the analog inputs for voltage
(Page 26) .
Overflow (data word)
32,512 to 32,767
Resolution
10 bits
Maximum withstand voltage
35 VDC
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
43
Technical specifications
1.4 CPU 1214C
1.4.3.2 Sample
1.4.3.3
Step response
time forofthe
thebuilt-in
built-inanalog
analogports
inputs
of of
thethe
CPU
CPU
Technical data
Description
Smoothing
None, Weak, Medium, or Strong
See the table for step response (ms) for the analog inputs of the CPU (Page
25) .
Noise rejection
10, 50, or 60 Hz
Impedance
≥100 KΩ
Isolation (field side to logic)
None
Accuracy (25°C / 0 to 55°C)
3.0% / 3.5% of full-scale
Cable length (meters)
100 m, shielded twisted pair
1.4.3.2
Step response of the built-in analog inputs of the CPU
Table1-50
Step Response (ms), 0V to 10V measured at 95%
Smoothing selection (sample averaging)
Rejection frequency (Integration time)
60 Hz
50 Hz
10 Hz
None (1 cycle): No averaging
63 ms
65 ms
130 ms
Weak (4 cycles): 4 samples
84 ms
93 ms
340 ms
Medium (16 cycles): 16 samples
221 ms
258 ms
1210 ms
Strong (32 cycles): 32 samples
424 ms
499 ms
2410 ms
Sample time
4.17 ms
5 ms
25 ms
1.4.3.3
Sample time for the built-in analog ports of the CPU
Table1-51
44
Sample time for built-in analog inputs of the CPU
Rejection frequency(Integration time selection)
Sample time
60 Hz(16.6 ms)
4.17 ms
50 Hz (20 ms)
5 ms
10 Hz (100 ms)
25 ms
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.4 CPU 1214C
1.4.3.4
Measurement ranges of the analog inputs for voltage
1.4.3.4 Measurement ranges of the analog inputs for voltage
Table1-52
Analog input representation for voltage
System
Voltage Measuring Range
Decimal
Hexadecimal
±10 V
±5 V
±2.5 V
0 to 10 V
32767
7FFF
11.851 V
5.926 V
2.963 V
Overflow
11.851 V
Overflow
32512
7F00
32511
7EFF
11.759 V
5.879 V
2.940 V
Overshoot range
11.759 V
27649
6C01
Overshoot
range
27648
6C00
10 V
5V
2.5 V
Rated range
10 V
Rated range
20736
5100
7.5 V
3.75 V
1.875 V
7.5 V
1
1
361.7 μV
180.8 μV
90.4 μV
361.7 μV
0
0
0V
0V
0V
0V
-1
FFFF
-20736
AF00
-7.5 V
-3.75 V
-1.875 V
-27648
9400
-10 V
-5 V
-2.5 V
-27649
93FF
-32512
8100
-32513
80FF
-32768
8000
Negative
values are not
supported
Undershoot range
-11.759 V
-5.879 V
-2.940 V
Underflow
-11.851 V
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
-5.926 V
-2.963 V
45
Technical specifications
1.4 CPU 1214C
1.4.4
CPU 1214C Wiring Diagrams
1.4.4 CPU 1214C Wiring Diagrams
Table1-53
CPU 1214C AC/DC/Relay (6ES7 214-1BE30-0XB0)
①
24 VDC Sensor Power
Out
For additional noise
immunity, connect "M" to
chassis ground even if
not using sensor supply.
②
For sinking inputs,
connect "-" to
"M" (shown).
For sourcing inputs,
connect "+" to "M".
Table1-54
CPU 1214C DC/DC/Relay (6ES7 214-1HE30-0XB0)
①
24 VDC Sensor Power
Out
For additional noise
immunity, connect "M" to
chassis ground even if
not using sensor supply.
②
For sinking inputs,
connect "-" to
"M" (shown).
For sourcing inputs,
connect "+" to "M".
46
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.5 Digital signal modules
Table1-55
1.5
1.5.1
Digital
SM 1221
signal
Digital
modules
Input Specifications
CPU 1214C DC/DC/DC (6ES7 214-1AE30-0XB0)
①
24 VDC Sensor Power
Out
For additional noise
immunity, connect "M" to
chassis ground even if
not using sensor supply.
②
For sinking inputs,
connect "-" to
"M" (shown).
For sourcing inputs,
connect "+" to "M".
Note
Unused analog inputs should be shorted.
1.5
Digital signal modules
1.5.1
SM 1221 Digital Input Specifications
Table1-56
General specifications
Model
SM 1221 DI 8 x 24 VDC
SM 1221 DI 16 x 24 VDC
Order number
6ES7 221-1BF30-0XB0
6ES7 221-1BH30-0XB0
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
45 x 100 x 75
45 x 100 x 75
Weight
170 grams
210 grams
Power dissipation
1.5 W
2.5 W
Current consumption (SM Bus)
105 mA
130 mA
Current consumption (24 VDC)
4 mA / input used
4 mA / input used
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
47
Technical specifications
1.5 Digital signal modules
Table1-57
Digital inputs
Model
SM 1221 DI 8 x 24 VDC
SM 1221 DI 16 x 24 VDC
Number of inputs
8
16
Type
Sink/Source (IEC Type 1 sink)
Sink/Source (IEC Type 1 sink)
Rated voltage
24 VDC at 4 mA, nominal
24 VDC at 4 mA, nominal
Continuous permissible voltage
30 VDC, max.
30 VDC, max.
Surge voltage
35 VDC for 0.5 sec.
35 VDC for 0.5 sec.
Logic 1 signal (min.)
15 VDC at 2.5 mA
15 VDC at 2.5 mA
Logic 0 signal (max.)
5 VDC at 1 mA
5 VDC at 1 mA
Isolation (field side to logic)
500 VAC for 1 minute
500 VAC for 1 minute
Isolation groups
2
4
Filter times
0.2, 0.4, 0.8, 1.6, 3.2, 6.4, and 12.8 ms
(selectable in groups of 4)
0.2, 0.4, 0.8, 1.6, 3.2, 6.4, and 12.8 ms
(selectable in groups of 4)
Number of inputs on simultaneously
8
16
Cable length (meters)
500 m shielded, 300 unshielded
500 m shielded, 300 unshielded
Table1-58
Wiring diagrams for the digital input SMs
SM 1221 DI 8 x 24 VDC (6ES7 221-1BF30-0XB0)
SM 1221 DI 16 x 24 VDC (6ES7 221-1BH30-0XB0)
① For sinking inputs, connect "-" to "M" (shown). For sourcing inputs, connect "+" to "M".
48
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.5 Digital signal modules
1.5.2 SM 1222 8-Point Digital Output Specifications
1.5.2
SM 1222 8-Point Digital Output Specifications
Table1-59
General specifications
Model
SM 1222 DQ 8 x Relay
SM 1222 DQ8 RLY
Changeover
SM 1222 DQ 8 x 24 VDC
Order number
6ES7 222-1HF30-0XB0
6ES7 222-1XF30-0XB0
6ES7 222-1BF30-0XB0
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
45 x 100 x 75
70 x 100 x 75
45 x 100 x 75
Weight
190 grams
310 grams
180 grams
Power dissipation
4.5 W
5W
1.5 W
Current consumption (SM Bus)
120 mA
140 mA
120 mA
Current consumption (24 VDC)
11 mA / Relay coil used
16.7 mA/Relay coil used
11 mA / Relay coil used
Model
SM 1222
DQ 8 x Relay
SM 1222 DQ8 RLY
Changeover
SM 1222
DQ 8 x 24 VDC
Number of outputs
8
8
8
Type
Relay, dry contact
Relay change over
contact
Solid state - MOSFET
(sourcing)
Voltage range
5 to 30 VDC or 5 to 250 VAC 5 to 30 VDC or 5 to 250
VAC
20.4 to 28.8 VDC
Logic 1 signal at max. current
--
--
20 VDC min.
Logic 0 signal with 10K Ω load
--
--
0.1 VDC max
Current (max.)
2.0 A
2.0 A
0.5 A
Lamp load
30 W DC/200 W AC
30 W DC/200 W AC
5W
ON state contact resistance
0.2 Ω max. when new
0.2 Ω max. when new
0.6 Ω max.
Leakage current per point
--
--
10 μA max.
Surge current
7 A with contacts closed
7 A with contacts closed
8 A for 100 ms max.
Overload protection
No
No
No
Isolation (field side to logic)
1500 VAC for 1 minute (coil 1500 VAC for 1 minute
to contact)
(coil to contact)
None (coil to logic)
500 VAC for 1 minute
Isolation resistance
100 MΩ min. when new
100 MΩ min. when new
--
Isolation between open contacts
750 VAC for 1 minute
750 VAC for 1 minute
--
Isolation groups
2
8
1
Table1-60
Digital outputs
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
49
Technical specifications
1.5 Digital signal modules
1.5.3 SM 1222 16-Point Digital Output Specifications
Model
SM 1222
DQ 8 x Relay
SM 1222 DQ8 RLY
Changeover
SM 1222
DQ 8 x 24 VDC
Current per common (max.)
10 A
2A
4A
Inductive clamp voltage
--
--
L+ minus 48 V, 1 W
dissipation
Switching delay
10 ms max.
10 ms max
50 μs max. off to on
200 μs max. on to off
Maximum relay switching frequency
1 Hz
1 Hz
--
Lifetime mechanical (no load)
10,000,000 open/close
cycles
10,000,000 open/close
cycles
--
Lifetime contacts at rated load
100,000 open/close cycles
100,000 open/close
cycles
--
Behavior on RUN to STOP
Last value or substitute
value (default value 0)
Last value or substitute
value (default value 0)
Last value or substitute
value (default value 0)
Number of outputs on simultaneously
8
8
8
Cable length (meters)
500 m shielded, 150 m
unshielded
500 m shielded, 150 m
unshielded
500 m shielded, 150 m
unshielded
1.5.3
SM 1222 16-Point Digital Output Specifications
Table1-61
General specifications
Model
SM 1222 DQ 16 x Relay
SM 1222 DQ 16 x 24 VDC
Order number
6ES7 222-1HH30-0XB0
6ES7 222-1BH30-0XB0
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
45 x 100 x 75
45 x 100 x 75
Weight
260 grams
220 grams
Power dissipation
8.5 W
2.5 W
Current consumption (SM Bus)
135 mA
140 mA
Current consumption (24 VDC)
11 mA / Relay coil used
-
Model
SM1222
DQ 16 x Relay
SM1222
DQ 16 x 24 VDC
Number of outputs
16
16
Type
Relay, dry contact
Solid state - MOSFET (sourcing)
Voltage range
5 to 30 VDC or 5 to 250 VAC
20.4 to 28.8 VDC
Table1-62
50
Digital outputs
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.5 Digital signal modules
Model
SM1222
DQ 16 x Relay
SM1222
DQ 16 x 24 VDC
Logic 1 signal at max. current
-
20 VDC min.
Logic 0 signal with 10K Ω load
-
0.1 VDC max.
Current (max.)
2.0 A
0.5 A
Lamp load
30 W DC/200 W AC
5W
ON state contact resistance
0.2 Ω max. when new
0.6 Ω max.
Leakage current per point
--
10 μA max.
Surge current
7 A with contacts closed
8 A for 100 ms max.
Overload protection
No
No
Isolation (field side to logic)
1500 VAC for 1 minute (coil to
contact)
None (coil to logic)
500 VAC for 1 minute
Isolation resistance
100 MΩ min. when new
-
Isolation between open contacts
750 VAC for 1 minute
-
Isolation groups
4
1
Current per common (max.)
10 A
8A
Inductive clamp voltage
-
L+ minus 48 V, 1 W dissipation
Switching delay
10 ms max.
50 μs max. off to on
200 μs max. on to off
Maximum relay switching frequency
1 Hz
-
Lifetime mechanical (no load)
10,000,000 open/close cycles
-
Lifetime contacts at rated load
100,000 open/close cycles
-
Behavior on RUN to STOP
Last value or substitute value (default Last value or substitute value (default value
value 0)
0)
Number of outputs on simultaneously
16
16
Cable length (meters)
500 m shielded, 150 m unshielded
500 m shielded, 150 m unshielded
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
51
Technical specifications
1.5 Digital signal modules
Table1-63
Wiring diagrams for the 8-point digital output SMs
SM 1222 DQ 8 x Relay (6ES7 222-1HF30-0XB0)
Table1-64
SM 1222 DQ 8 x 24 VDC (6ES7 222-1BF30-0XB0)
Wiring diagram for the 8-point digital output relay changeover SM
SM 1222 DQ 8 x Relay Changeover (6ES7 222-1XF30-0XB0)
52
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.5 Digital signal modules
Table1-65
Wiring diagrams for the 16-point digital output SMs
1.5.4 SM 1223 Digital Input/Output VDC Specifications
SM 1222 DQ 16 x Relay (6ES7 222-1HH30-0XB0)
1.5.4
SM 1222 DQ 16 x 24 VDC (6ES7 222-1BH30-0XB0)
SM 1223 Digital Input/Output VDC Specifications
Table1-66
General specifications
Model
SM 1223
SM 1223
SM 1223
SM 1223
DI 8 x 24 VDC, DQ DI 16 x 24 VDC, DQ DI 8 x 24 VDC, DQ DI 16 x 24 VDC, DQ
8 x Relay
16 x Relay
8 x 24 VDC
16 x 24 VDC
Order number
6ES7
223-1PH30-0XB0
6ES7
223-1PL30-0XB0
6ES7
223-1BH30-0XB0
6ES7
223-1BL30-0XB0
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
45 x 100 x 75
70 x 100 x 75
45 x 100 x 75
70 x 100 x 75
Weight
230 grams
350 grams
210 grams
310 grams
Power dissipation
5.5 W
10 W
2.5 W
4.5 W
Current consumption (SM Bus)
145 mA
180 mA
145 mA
185 mA
Current consumption (24 VDC)
4 mA / Input used
11 mA / Relay coil used
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
4 mA / Input used
53
Technical specifications
1.5 Digital signal modules
Table1-67
Digital inputs
Model
SM 1223
SM 1223
SM 1223
SM 1223
DI 8 x 24 VDC, DQ DI 16 x 24 VDC, DQ DI 8 x 24 VDC, DQ DI 16 x 24 VDC, DQ
8 x Relay
16 x Relay
8 x 24 VDC
16 x 24 VDC
Number of inputs
8
Type
Sink/Source (IEC Type 1 sink)
Rated voltage
24 VDC at 4 mA, nominal
Continuous permissible voltage
30 VDC max.
Surge voltage
35 VDC for 0.5 sec.
Logic 1 signal (min.)
15 VDC at 2.5 mA
Logic 0 signal (max.)
5 VDC at 1 mA
Isolation (field side to logic)
500 VAC for 1 minute
Isolation groups
2
Filter times
0.2, 0.4, 0.8, 1.6, 3.2, 6.4, and 12.8 ms, selectable in groups of 4
Number of inputs on simultaneously
8
Cable length (meters)
500 m shielded, 300 m unshielded
Table1-68
16
2
16
8
16
2
2
8
16
Digital outputs
Model
SM 1223
SM 1223
SM 1223
SM 1223
DI 8 x 24 VDC, DQ DI 16 x 24 VDC, DQ DI 8 x 24 VDC, DQ DI 16 x 24 VDC, DQ
8 x Relay
16 x Relay
8 x 24 VDC
16 x 24 VDC
Number of outputs
8
Type
Relay, dry contact
Solid state - MOSFET (sourcing)
Voltage range
5 to 30 VDC or 5 to 250 VAC
20.4 to 28.8 VDC
Logic 1 signal at max. current
--
20 VDC, min.
Logic 0 signal with 10 KΩ load
--
0.1 VDC, max.
Current (max.)
2.0 A
0.5 A
Lamp load
30 W DC / 200 W AC
5W
ON state contact resistance
0.2 Ω max. when new
0.6 Ω max.
Leakage current per point
--
10 μA max.
Surge current
7 A with contacts closed
8 A for 100 ms max.
Overload protection
No
Isolation (field side to logic)
1500 VAC for 1 minute (coil to contact)
None (coil to logic)
500 VAC for 1 minute
Isolation resistance
100 MΩ min. when new
--
Isolation between open contacts
750 VAC for 1 minute
--
54
16
8
16
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.5 Digital signal modules
Model
SM 1223
SM 1223
SM 1223
SM 1223
DI 8 x 24 VDC, DQ DI 16 x 24 VDC, DQ DI 8 x 24 VDC, DQ DI 16 x 24 VDC, DQ
8 x Relay
16 x Relay
8 x 24 VDC
16 x 24 VDC
Isolation groups
2
4
1
1
Current per common
10A
8A
4A
8A
Inductive clamp voltage
--
L+ minus 48 V, 1 W dissipation
Switching delay
10 ms max.
50 μs max. off to on
200 μs max. on to off
Maximum relay switching frequency
1 Hz
--
Lifetime mechanical (no load)
10,000,000 open/close cycles
--
Lifetime contacts at rated load
100,000 open/close cycles
--
Behavior on RUN to STOP
Last value or substitute value (default value 0)
Number of outputs on simultaneously 8
Cable length (meters)
Table1-69
16
8
16
500 m shielded, 150 m unshielded
Wiring diagrams for the digital input VDC/output relay SMs
SM 1223 DI 8 x 24 VDC, DQ 8 x Relay
(6ES7 223-1PH30-0XB0)
SM 1223 DI 16 x 24 VDC, DQ 16 x Relay
(6ES7 223-1PL30-0XB0)
Notes
① For sinking
inputs, connect "-" to
"M" (shown).
For sourcing inputs,
connect "+" to "M".
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
55
Technical specifications
1.5 Digital signal modules
Table1-70
Wiring diagrams for the digital input VDC/output SMs
1.5.5 SM 1223 Digital Input/Output AC Specifications
SM 1223 DI 8 x 24 VDC, DQ 8 x 24 VDC
(6ES7 223-1BH30-0XB0)
SM 1223 DI 16 x 24 VDC, DQ 16 x 24 VDC
(6ES7 223-1BL30-0XB0)
Notes
① For sinking
inputs, connect "-" to
"M" (shown).
For sourcing inputs,
connect "+" to "M".
1.5.5
SM 1223 Digital Input/Output AC Specifications
Table1-71
General specifications
Model
SM 1223 DI 8 x120/230 VAC / DQ 8 x Relay
Order number
6ES7 223-1QH30-0XB0
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
45 x 100 x 75 mm
Weight
190 grams
Power dissipation
7.5 W
Current consumption (SM Bus)
120 mA
Current consumption (24 VDC)
11 mA per output when on
Table1-72
Digital inputs
Model
SM 1223 DI 8 x 120/230 VAC / DQ 8 x Relay
Number of inputs
8
Type
IEC Type 1
56
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.5 Digital signal modules
Model
SM 1223 DI 8 x 120/230 VAC / DQ 8 x Relay
Rated voltage
120 VAC at 6 mA, 230 VAC at 9 mA
Continuous permissible voltage
264 VAC
Surge voltage
--
Logic 1 signal (min.)
79 VAC at 2.5 mA
Logic 0 signal (max.)
20 VAC at 1 mA
Leakage current (max.)
1 mA
Isolation (field side to logic)
1500 VAC for 1 minute
Isolation groups1
4
Input delay times
Typical: 0.2 to 12.8 ms, user selectable
Maximum: -
Connection of 2 wire proximity sensor (Bero)
(max.)
1 mA
Cable length
Unshielded: 300 meters
Shielded: 500 meters
Number of inputs on simultaneously
8
1
Channels within a group must be of the same phase.
Table1-73
Digital outputs
Model
SM 1223 DI 8 x 120/230 VAC / DQ 8 x Relay
Number of outputs
8
Type
Relay, dry contact
Voltage range
5 to 30 VDC or 5 to 250 VAC
Logic 1 signal at max. current
--
Logic 0 signal with 10K Ω load
--
Current (max.)
2.0 A
Lamp load
30 W DC / 200 W AC
ON state contact resistance
0.2 Ω max. when new
Leakage current per point
--
Surge current
7 A with contacts closed
Overload protection
No
Isolation (field side to logic)
1500 VAC for 1 minute (coil to contact)
None (coil to logic)
Isolation resistance
100 MΩ min. when new
Isolation between open contacts
750 VAC for 1 minute
Isolation groups
2
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
57
Technical specifications
1.5 Digital signal modules
Model
SM 1223 DI 8 x 120/230 VAC / DQ 8 x Relay
Current per common (max.)
10 A
Inductive clamp voltage
--
Switching delay (max.)
10 ms
Maximum relay switching frequency
1 Hz
Lifetime mechanical (no load)
10,000,000 open/close cycles
Lifetime contacts at rated load
1000,000 open/close cycles
Behavior on RUN to STOP
Last value or substitute value (default value 0)
Number of outputs on simultaneously
8
Cable length (meters)
500 m shielded, 150 m unshielded
Note
The SM 1223 DI 8 x 120/230 VAC, DQ 8 x Relay (6ES7 223-1QH30-0XB0) signal module is approved
for use in Class 1, Division 2, Gas Group A, B, C, D, Temperature Class T4 Ta = 40° C.
Table1-74
58
SM 1223 DI 8 x 120/230 VAC, DQ 8 x Relay (6ES7 223-1QH30-0XB0)
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.6 Analog signal modules
1.6
Analog signal modules
1.6.1
SM 1231 analog input module specifications
1.6 Analog
1.6.1
SM 1231
signal
analog
modules
input module specifications
Table1-75
General specifications
Model
SM 1231 AI 4 x 13 bit
SM 1231 AI 8 x 13 bit
Order number
6ES7 231-4HD30-0XB0
6ES7 231-4HF30-0XB0
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
45 x 100 x 75
45 x 100 x 75
Weight
180 grams
180 grams
Power dissipation
1.5 W
1.5 W
Current consumption (SM Bus)
80 mA
90 mA
Current consumption (24 VDC)
45 mA
45 mA
Model
SM 1231 AI 4 x 13 bit
SM 1231 AI 8 x 13 bit
Number of inputs
4
8
Type
Voltage or current (differential): Selectable in groups of 2
Range
±10 V, ±5 V, ±2.5 V, or 0 to 20 mA
Full scale range (data word)
-27,648 to 27,648
Overshoot/undershoot range
(data word)
Voltage: 32,511 to 27,649 / -27,649 to -32,512
Table1-76
Analog inputs
Current: 32,511 to 27,649 / 0 to -4864
Refer to the section on analog input ranges for voltage and current (Page
26) .
Overflow/underflow (data word)
Voltage: 32,767 to 32,512 / -32,513 to -32,768
Current: 32,767 to 32,512 / -4865 to -32,768
Refer to the section on input ranges for voltage and current (Page 26) .
Resolution
12 bits + sign bit
Maximum withstand voltage/current
±35 V / ±40 mA
Smoothing
None, weak, medium, or strong
Refer to the section on step response times (Page 65) .
Noise rejection
400, 60, 50, or 10 Hz
Refer to the section on sample rates (Page 65) .
Input impedance
≥ 9 MΩ (voltage) / 280 Ω (current)
Isolation (field side to logic)
None
Accuracy (25°C / 0 to 55°C)
±0.1% / ±0.2% of full scale
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
59
Technical specifications
1.6 Analog signal modules
Model
SM 1231 AI 4 x 13 bit
Measuring principle
Actual value conversion
Common mode rejection
40 dB, DC to 60 Hz
Operational signal range
Signal plus common mode voltage must be less than +12 V and greater
than -12 V
Cable length (meters)
100 m, twisted and shielded
Table1-77
SM 1231 AI 8 x 13 bit
Diagnostics
Model
SM 1231 AI 4 x 13 bit
SM 1231 AI 8 x 13 bit
Overflow/underflow
Yes 1
Yes
24 VDC low voltage
Yes
Yes
1
For SM 1231 AI 4 x 13 bit: If a voltage greater than +30 VDC or less than -15 VDC is applied to the input, the resulting value
will be unknown and the corresponding overflow or underflow may not be active.
Table1-78
Wiring diagrams for the analog input SMs
SM 1231 AI 4 x 13 bit (6ES7 231-4HD30-0XB0)
60
SM 1231 AI 8 x 13 bit (6ES7 231-4HF30-0XB0)
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.6 Analog signal modules
1.6.2 SM 1232 analog output module specifications
Note
Unused analog inputs should be shorted.
When the inputs are configured for "current" mode, no current will flow through the input unless you supply
external power to the module.
1.6.2
SM 1232 analog output module specifications
Table1-79
General specifications
Technical data
SM 1232 AQ 2 x 14 bit
SM 1232 AQ 4 x 14 bit
Order number
6ES7 232-4HB30-0XB0
6ES7 232-4HD30-0XB0
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
45 x 100 x 75
45 x 100 x 75
Weight
180 grams
180 grams
Power dissipation
1.5 W
1.5 W
Current consumption (SM Bus)
80 mA
80 mA
Current consumption (24 VDC)
45 mA (no load)
45 mA (no load)
Technical data
SM 1232 AQ 2 x 14 bit
SM 1232 AQ 4 x 14 bit
Number of outputs
2
4
Type
Voltage or current
Voltage or current
Range
±10 V or 0 to 20 mA
±10 V or 0 to 20 mA
Resolution
Voltage: 14 bits
Voltage: 14 bits
Current: 13 bits
Current: 13 bits
Table1-80
Analog outputs
Full scale range (data word)
Voltage: -27,648 to 27,648 ; Current: 0 to 27,648
Refer to the output ranges for voltage and current (Page 67) .
Accuracy (25°C / 0 to 55°C)
±0.3% / ±0.6% of full scale
Settling time (95% of new value)
Voltage: 300 μS (R), 750 μS (1 uF)
Current: 600 μS (1 mH), 2 ms (10 mH)
Load impedance
Voltage: ≥ 1000 Ω
Current: ≤ 600 Ω
Behavior on RUN to STOP
Last value or substitute value (default value 0)
Isolation (field side to logic)
none
Cable length (meters)
100 m twisted and shielded
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
61
Technical specifications
1.6 Analog signal modules
Table1-81
Diagnostics
1.6.3 SM 1234 analog input/output module specifications
Technical data
SM 1232 AQ 2 x 14 bit
SM 1232 AQ 4 x 14 bit
Overflow/underflow
Yes
Yes
Short to ground (voltage mode only)
Yes
Yes
Wire break (current mode only)
Yes
Yes
24 VDC low voltage
Yes
Yes
Table1-82
Wiring diagrams for the analog output SMs
SM 1232 AQ 2 x 14 bit (6ES7 232-4HB30-0XB0)
1.6.3
SM 1232 AQ 4 x 14 bit (6ES7 232-4HD30-0XB0)
SM 1234 analog input/output module specifications
Table1-83
General specifications
Technical data
SM 1234 AI 4 x 13 bit / AQ 2 x 14 bit
Order number
6ES7 234-4HE30-0XB0
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
45 x 100 x 75
Weight
220 grams
62
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.6 Analog signal modules
Technical data
SM 1234 AI 4 x 13 bit / AQ 2 x 14 bit
Power dissipation
2.0 W
Current consumption (SM Bus)
80 mA
Current consumption (24 VDC)
60 mA (no load)
Table1-84
Analog inputs
Model
SM 1234 AI 4 x 13 bit / AQ 2 x 14 bit
Number of inputs
4
Type
Voltage or Current (differential): Selectable in groups of 2
Range
±10 V, ±5 V, ±2.5 V, or 0 to 20 mA
Full scale range (data word)
-27,648 to 27,648
Overshoot/undershoot range
(data word)
Voltage: 32,511 to 27,649 / -27,649 to -32,512
Current: 32,511 to 27,649 / 0 to -4864
Refer to the section on input ranges for voltage and current (Page 26) .
Overflow/underflow (data word)
Voltage: 32,767 to 32,512 / -32,513 to -32,768
Current: 32,767 to 32,512 / -4865 to -32,768
Refer to the section on input ranges for voltage and current (Page 26) .
Resolution
12 bits + sign bit
Maximum withstand voltage/current
±35 V / ±40 mA
Smoothing
None, weak, medium, or strong
Refer to the section on step response times (Page 65) .
Noise rejection
400, 60, 50, or 10 Hz
Refer to the section on sample rates (Page 65) .
Input impedance
≥ 9 MΩ (voltage) / 280 Ω (current)
Isolation (field side to logic)
None
Accuracy (25°C / 0 to 55°C)
±0.1% / ±0.2% of full scale
Analog to digital conversion time
625 μs (400 Hz rejection)
Common mode rejection
40 dB, DC to 60 Hz
Operational signal range
Signal plus common mode voltage must be less than +12 V and greater
than -12 V
Cable length (meters)
100 m, twisted and shielded
Table1-85
Analog outputs
Technical data
SM 1234 AI 4 x 13 bit / AQ 2 x 14 bit
Number of outputs
2
Type
Voltage or current
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
63
Technical specifications
1.6 Analog signal modules
Technical data
SM 1234 AI 4 x 13 bit / AQ 2 x 14 bit
Range
±10 V or 0 to 20 mA
Resolution
Voltage: 14 bits ; Current: 13 bits
Full scale range (data word)
Voltage: -27,648 to 27,648 ; Current: 0 to 27,648
Refer to to the section on output ranges for voltage and current (Page
67) .
Accuracy (25°C / 0 to 55°C)
±0.3% / ±0.6% of full scale
Settling time (95% of new value)
Voltage: 300 μS (R), 750 μS (1 uF)
Current: 600 μS (1 mH), 2 ms (10 mH)
Load impedance
Voltage: ≥ 1000 Ω
Current: ≤ 600 Ω
Behavior on RUN to STOP
Last value or substitute value (default value 0)
Isolation (field side to logic)
none
Cable length (meters)
100 m twisted and shielded
Table1-86
Diagnostics
Model
SM 1234 AI 4 x 13 bit / AQ 2 x 14 bit
Overflow/underflow
Yes 1
Short to ground (voltage mode only)
Yes on outputs
Wire break (current mode only)
Yes on outputs
24 VDC low voltage
Yes
1
If a voltage greater than +30 VDC or less than -15 VDC is applied to the input, the resulting value will be unknown and the
corresponding overflow or underflow may not be active.
64
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.6 Analog signal modules
Table1-87
1.6.4 Step response of the analog inputs
Wiring diagrams for the analog input/output SM
SM 1234 AI 4 x 13 Bit / AQ 2 x 14 bit (6ES7 234-4HE30-0XB0)
Note
Unused analog inputs should be shorted.
When the inputs are configured for "current" mode, no current will flow through the input unless you supply
external power to the module.
1.6.4
Step response of the analog inputs
Table1-88
Step response (ms), 0 to full-scale measured at 95%
Smoothing selection (sample averaging)
Noise reduction/rejection frequency (Integration time selection)
400 Hz (2.5 ms)
60 Hz (16.6 ms)
50 Hz (20 ms)
10 Hz (100 ms)
None (1 cycle): No averaging
4 ms
18 ms
22 ms
100 ms
Weak (4 cycles): 4 samples
9 ms
52 ms
63 ms
320 ms
Medium (16 cycles): 16 samples
32 ms
203 ms
241 ms
1200 ms
Strong (32 cycles): 32 samples
61 ms
400 ms
483 ms
2410 ms
Sample time
•
•
4 channels
8 channels
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
•
•
0.625 ms
1.25 ms
•
•
4.17 ms
4.17 ms
•
•
5 ms
5 ms
•
•
25 ms
25 ms
65
Technical specifications
1.6 Analog signal modules
1.6.5 Measurement
1.6.6
Sample time and
ranges
update
of the
times
analog
for the
inputs
analog
for voltage
inputs
1.6.5
Sample time and update times for the analog inputs
Table1-89
Sample time and update time
Rejection frequency
(Integration time)
Sample time
•
•
400 Hz (2.5 ms)
Update time for all channels
4-channel SM
8-channel SM
2.5 ms
10 ms
4-channel SM: 0.625 ms
8-channel SM: 1.250 ms
60 Hz (16.6 ms)
4.170 ms
4.17 ms
4.17 ms
50 Hz (20 ms)
5.000 ms
5 ms
5 ms
10 Hz (100 ms)
25.000 ms
25 ms
25 ms
1.6.6
Measurement ranges of the analog inputs for voltage
Table1-90
Analog input representation for voltage
System
Voltage Measuring Range
Decimal
Hexadecimal
±10 V
±5 V
±2.5 V
32767
7FFF
11.851 V
5.926 V
2.963 V
Overflow
11.851 V
Overflow
32512
7F00
32511
7EFF
11.759 V
5.879 V
2.940 V
Overshoot range
11.759 V
27649
6C01
Overshoot
range
27648
6C00
10 V
5V
2.5 V
Rated range
10 V
Rated range
20736
5100
7.5 V
3.75 V
1.875 V
7.5 V
1
1
361.7 μV
180.8 μV
90.4 μV
361.7 μV
0
0
0V
0V
0V
0V
-1
FFFF
-20736
AF00
-7.5 V
-3.75 V
-1.875 V
-27648
9400
-10 V
-5 V
-2.5 V
-27649
93FF
-32512
8100
-32513
80FF
-32768
8000
66
0 to 10 V
Negative
values are not
supported
Undershoot range
-11.759 V
-5.879 V
-2.940 V
Underflow
-11.851 V
-5.926 V
-2.963 V
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.6 Analog signal modules
1.6.7 Output
1.6.7
Table1-91
Output
Analog output representation for current
System
Current Output Range
Decimal
Hexadecimal
0 mA to 20 mA
32767
7FFF
See note 1
32512
7F00
See note 1
32511
7EFF
23.52 mA
Overshoot range
27649
6C01
27648
6C00
20 mA
Rated range
20736
5100
15 mA
1
1
723.4 nA
0
0
0 mA
Overflow
1 In
an overflow or underflow condition, analog outputs will behave according to the device configuration properties set for the
analog signal module. In the "Reaction to CPU STOP" parameter, select either: Use substitute value or Keep last value.
Table1-92
Analog output representation for voltage
System
Voltage Output Range
Decimal
Hexadecimal
± 10 V
32767
7FFF
See note 1
32512
7F00
See note 1
32511
7EFF
11.76 V
Overshoot range
27649
6C01
27648
6C00
10 V
Rated range
20736
5100
7.5 V
1
1
361.7 μ V
0
0
0V
-1
FFFF
-361.7 μ V
-20736
AF00
-7.5 V
-27648
9400
-10 V
-27649
93FF
-32512
8100
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Overflow
Undershoot range
-11.76 V
67
Technical specifications
1.7 Thermocouple and RTD signal modules
1.7 Thermocouple
1.7.1
1.7.1.1
SM
SM
1231
1231
Thermocouple
Thermocouple
and RTD signal modules
System
Voltage Output Range
Decimal
Hexadecimal
± 10 V
-32513
80FF
See note 1
-32768
8000
See note 1
Underflow
1 In
an overflow or underflow condition, analog outputs will behave according to the device configuration properties set for the
analog signal module. In the "Reaction to CPU STOP" parameter, select either: Use substitute value or Keep last value.
1.7
Thermocouple and RTD signal modules
1.7.1
SM 1231 Thermocouple
1.7.1.1
SM 1231 Thermocouple
Table1-93
General specifications
Model
SM 1231 AI 4 x 16 bit TC
SM 1231 AI 8 x 16 bit TC
Order number
6ES7 231-5QD30-0XB0
6ES7 231-5QF30-0XB0
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
45 x 100 x 75
45 x 100 x 75
Weight
180 grams
190 grams
Power dissipation
1.5 W
1.5 W
Current consumption (SM Bus)
80 mA
80 mA
Current consumption (24 VDC) 1
40 mA
40 mA
1
20.4 to 28.8 VDC (Class 2, Limited Power, or sensor power from PLC)
Table1-94
Analog inputs
Model
SM 1231 AI 4 x 16 bit TC
SM 1231 AI 8 x 16 bit TC
Number of inputs
4
8
Range
See Thermocouple selection table (Page See Thermocouple selection table
71) .
(Page 71) .
Nominal range (data word)
Overrange/underrange (data word)
Overflow/underflow (data word)
Resolution
68
Temperature
0.1° C/0.1° F
0.1° C/0.1° F
Voltage
15 bits plus sign
15 bits plus sign
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.7 Thermocouple and RTD signal modules
Model
SM 1231 AI 4 x 16 bit TC
SM 1231 AI 8 x 16 bit TC
Maximum withstand voltage
± 35 V
± 35 V
Noise rejection
85 dB for selected filter setting
(10 Hz, 50 Hz, 60 Hz or 400 Hz)
85 dB for selected filter setting
(10 Hz, 50 Hz, 60 Hz or 400 Hz)
Common mode rejection
> 120 dB at 120 VAC
> 120 dB at 120 VAC
Impedance
≥ 10 MΩ
≥ 10 MΩ
Field to logic
500 VAC
500 VAC
Field to 24 VDC
500 VAC
500 VAC
24 VDC to logic
500 VAC
500 VAC
Channel to channel
120 VAC
120 VAC
Accuracy (25°C / 0 to 55°C)
See Thermocouple selection table (Page See Thermocouple selection table
71) .
(Page 71) .
Repeatability
±0.05% FS
±0.05% FS
Measuring principle
Integrating
Integrating
Module update time
See Noise reduction selection table
(Page 71) .
See Noise reduction selection table
(Page 71) .
Cold junction error
±1.5°C
±1.5°C
Cable length (meters)
100 meters to sensor max.
100 meters to sensor max.
Wire resistance
100 Ω max.
100 Ω max.
Model
SM 1231 AI 4 x 16 bit TC
SM 1231 AI 8 x 16 bit TC
Overflow/underflow 1
Yes
Yes
Wire break (current mode only) 2
Yes
Yes
24 VDC low voltage 1
Yes
Yes
Isolation
Table1-95
Diagnostics
1
The overflow, underflow and low voltage diagnostic alarm information will be reported in the analog data values even if the
alarms are disabled in the module configuration.
2
When wire break alarm is disabled and an open wire condition exists in the sensor wiring, the module may report random
values.
The SM 1231 Thermocouple (TC) analog signal module measures the value of voltage connected to the
module inputs. The temperature measurement type can be either "Thermocouple" or "Voltage".
● "Thermocouple": The value will be reported in degrees multiplied by ten (for example, 25.3 degrees will
be reported as decimal 253).
● "Voltage": The nominal range full scale value will be decimal 27648.
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
69
Technical specifications
1.7 Thermocouple and RTD signal modules
Table1-96
Wiring diagrams for the thermocouple SMs
1.7.1.2 Basic operation for a thermocouple
SM 1231 AI 4 x TC 16 bit (6ES7 231-5QD30-0XB0
SM 1231 AI 8 x TC bit (6ES7 231-5QF30-0XB0)
① TC 2, 3, 4, and 5 not shown connected for clarity.
Note
Unused analog inputs should be shorted.
The thermocouple unused channels can be deactivated. No error will occur if an unused channel is
deactivated.
1.7.1.2
Basic operation for a thermocouple
Thermocouples are formed whenever two dissimilar metals are electrically bonded to each other. A
voltage is generated that is proportional to the junction temperature. This voltage is small; one microvolt
could represent many degrees. Measuring the voltage from a thermocouple, compensating for extra
junctions, and then linearizing the result forms the basis of temperature measurement using
thermocouples.
When you connect a thermocouple to the SM 1231 Thermocouple module, the two dissimilar metal wires
are attached to the module at the module signal connector. The place where the two dissimilar wires are
attached to each other forms the sensor thermocouple.
Two more thermocouples are formed where the two dissimilar wires are attached to the signal connector.
The connector temperature causes a voltage that adds to the voltage from the sensor thermocouple. If
this voltage is not corrected, then the temperature reported will deviate from the sensor temperature.
Cold junction compensation is used to compensate for the connector thermocouple. Thermocouple tables
are based on a reference junction temperature, usually zero degrees Celsius. The cold junction
compensation compensates the connector to zero degrees Celsius. The cold junction compensation
restores the voltage added by the connector thermocouples. The temperature of the module is measured
70
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.7 Thermocouple and RTD signal modules
internally, then converted to a value to be added to the sensor conversion. The corrected sensor
conversion is then linearized using the thermocouple tables.
For optimum operation of the cold junction compensation, the thermocouple module must be located in
a thermally stable environment. Slow variation (less than 0.1° C/minute) in ambient module temperature
is correctly compensated within the module specifications. Air movement across the module will also
cause cold junction compensation errors.
If better cold junction error compensation is needed, an external iso-thermal terminal block may be used.
The thermocouple module provides for use of a 0° C referenced or 50° C referenced terminal block.
1.7.1.3 Selection tables for the SM 1231 thermocouple
1.7.1.3
Selection tables for the SM 1231 thermocouple
The ranges and accuracy for the different thermocouple types supported by the SM 1231 Thermocouple
signal module are shown in the table below.
Table1-97
SM 1231 Thermocouple selection table
Type
Under-range
minimum1
Nominal range
low limit
Nominal range
high limit
Over-range
maximum2
Normal range 3, 4
accuracy @ 25°C
Normal range 1, 2
accuracy 0°
C to 55°C
J
-210.0°C
-150.0°C
1200.0°C
1450.0°C
±0.3°C
±0.6°C
K
-270.0°C
-200.0°C
1372.0°C
1622.0°C
±0.4°C
±1.0°C
T
-270.0°C
-200.0°C
400.0°C
540.0°C
±0.5°C
±1.0°C
E
-270.0°C
-200.0°C
1000.0°C
1200.0°C
±0.3°C
±0.6°C
R&S
-50.0°C
100.0°C
1768.0°C
2019.0°C
±1.0°C
±2.5°C
N
-270.0°C
-200.0°C
1300.0°C
1550.0°C
±1.0°C
±1.6°C
C
0.0°C
100.0°C
2315.0°C
2500.0°C
±0.7°C
±2.7°C
TXK/XK(L)
-200.0°C
-150.0°C
800.0°C
1050.0°C
±0.6°C
±1.2°C
Voltage
-32512
-27648
-80mV
27648
80mV
32511
±0.05%
±0.1%
1
Thermocouple values below the under-range minimum value are reported as -32768.
2
Thermocouple values above the over-range minimum value are reported as 32767.
3 Internal
cold junction error is ±1.5°C for all ranges. This adds to the error in this table. The module requires at least 30 minutes
of warmup time to meet this specification.
4 In
the presence of radiated radio frequency of 970 MHz to 990 MHz, the accuracy of the SM 1231 AI 4 x 16 bit TC may be
degraded.
Table1-98
Noise reduction and update times for the SM 1231 Thermocouple
Rejection frequency selection
Integration time
4 Channel module update
time (seconds)
8 Channel module update
time (seconds)
400 Hz (2.5 ms)
10 ms 1
0.143
0.285
60 Hz (16.6 ms)
16.67 ms
0.223
0.445
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
71
Technical specifications
1.7 Thermocouple and RTD signal modules
Rejection frequency selection
Integration time
4 Channel module update
time (seconds)
8 Channel module update
time (seconds)
50 Hz (20 ms)
20 ms
0.263
0.525
10 Hz (100 ms)
100 ms
1.225
2.450
1
To maintain module resolution and accuracy when 400 Hz rejection is selected, the integration time is 10 ms. This selection
also rejects 100 Hz and 200 Hz noise.
It is recommended for measuring thermocouples that a 100 ms integration time be used. The use of
smaller integration times will increase the repeatability error of the temperature readings.
Note
After power is applied, the module performs internal calibration for the analog-to-digital converter. During
this time the module reports a value of 32767 on each channel until valid data is available on that channel.
Your user program may need to allow for this initialization time. Because the configuration of the module
can vary the length of the initialization time, you should verify the behavior of the module in your
configuration. If required, you can include logic in your user program to accommodate the initialization
time of the module.
Representation of analog values for Thermocouple Type J
A representation of the analog values of thermocouples type J is shown in the table below.
Table1-99
Representation of analog values of thermocouples type J
Type J in °C
Units
Decimal
Hexadecimal
> 1450.0
32767
7FFF
1450.0
14500
:
Type J in °F
Units
Range
Decimal
Hexadecimal
> 2642.0
32767
7FFF
Overflow
38A4
2642.0
26420
6734
Overrange
:
:
:
:
:
1200.1
12001
2EE1
2192.2
21922
55A2
1200.0
12000
2EE0
2192.0
21920
55A0
:
:
:
:
:
:
-150.0
-1500
FA24
-238.0
-2380
F6B4
< -150.0
-32768
8000
< -238.0
-32768
8000
Rated range
Underflow1
1
Faulty wiring (for example, polarity reversal, or open inputs) or sensor error in the negative range (for
example, wrong type of thermocouple) may cause the thermocouple module to signal underflow.
72
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.7 Thermocouple and RTD signal modules
1.7.2
SM 1231 RTD
1.7.2.1
SM 1231 RTD
1.7.2
1.7.2.1
SM
SM
1231
1231
RTD
RTD
SM 1231 RTD specifications
Table1-100
General specifications
Technical data
SM 1231 AI 4 x RTD x 16 bit
SM 1231 AI 8 x RTD x 16 bit
Order number
6ES7 231-5PD30-0XB0
6ES7 231-5PF30-0XB0
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
45 x 100 x 75
70 x 100 x 75
Weight
220 grams
270 grams
Power dissipation
1.5 W
1.5 W
Current consumption (SM Bus)
80 mA
90 mA
Current consumption (24 VDC) 1
40 mA
40 mA
1
20.4 to 28.8 VDC (Class 2, Limited Power, or sensor power from CPU)
Table1-101
Analog inputs
Technical data
SM 1231 AI 4 x RTD x 16 bit
SM 1231 AI 8 x RTD x16 bit
Number of inputs
4
8
Type
Module referenced RTD and Ω
Module referenced RTD and Ω
Range
See RTD Sensor selection table (Page
75) .
See RTD Sensor selection table (Page
75) .
Temperature
0.1° C/0.1° F
0.1° C/0.1° F
Resistance
15 bits plus sign
15 bits plus sign
Maximum withstand voltage
± 35 V
± 35 V
Noise rejection
85 dB for the selected noise reduction
(10 Hz, 50 Hz, 60 Hz or 400 Hz)
85 dB for the selected noise reduction (10
Hz, 50 Hz, 60 Hz or 400 Hz)
Common mode rejection
> 120dB
> 120dB
Impedance
≥ 10 MΩ
≥ 10 MΩ
Field side to logic
500 VAC
500 VAC
Field to 24 VDC
500 VAC
500 VAC
24 VDC to logic
500 VAC
500 VAC
none
none
Nominal range (data word)
Overshoot/undershoot range
(data word)
Overflow/underflow (data word)
Resolution
Isolation
Channel to channel isolation
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
73
Technical specifications
1.7 Thermocouple and RTD signal modules
Technical data
SM 1231 AI 4 x RTD x 16 bit
SM 1231 AI 8 x RTD x16 bit
Accuracy
See RTD Sensor selection table (Page
75) .
See RTD Sensor selection table (Page
75) .
Repeatability
±0.05% FS
±0.05% FS
Maximum sensor dissipation
0.5m W
0.5m W
Measuring principle
Integrating
Integrating
Module update time
See Noise reduction selection table
(Page 75) .
See Noise reduction selection table (Page
75) .
Cable length (meters)
100 meters to sensor max.
100 meters to sensor max.
Wire resistance
20 Ω, 2.7 Ω for 10 Ω RTD max.
20 Ω, 2.7 Ω for 10 Ω RTD max.
Technical data
SM 1231 AI 4 x RTD x 16 bit
SM 1231 AI 8 x RTD x16 bit
Overflow/underflow 1,2
Yes
Yes
Wire break 3
Yes
Yes
24 VDC low voltage 1
Yes
Yes
Table1-102
Diagnostics
1
The overflow, underflow and low voltage diagnostic alarm information will be reported in the analog data values even if the
alarms are disabled in the module configuration.
2
For resistance ranges underflow detection is never enabled.
3 When
values.
wire break alarm is disabled and an open wire condition exists in the sensor wiring, the module may report random
The SM 1231 RTD analog signal module measures the value of resistance connected to the module
inputs. The measurement type can be selected as either "Resistor" or "Thermal resistor".
•
•
"Resistor": The nominal range full scale value will be decimal 27648.
"Thermal resistor": The value will be reported in degrees multiplied by ten (for example, 25.3 degrees
will be reported as decimal 253).
The SM 1231 RTD module supports measurements with 2-wire, 3-wire and 4-wire connections to the
sensor resistor.
74
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.7 Thermocouple and RTD signal modules
Table1-103
Wiring diagrams for the RTD SMs
1.7.2.2 Selection tables for the SM 1231 RTD
SM 1231 RTD 4 x 16 bit (6ES7 231-5PD30-0XB)
SM 1231 RTD 8 x 16 bit (6ES7 231-5PF30-0XB0)
① Loop-back unused RTD inputs
② 2-wire RTD ③ 3-wire RTD ④ 4-wire RTD
Note
The RTD unused channels can be deactivated. No error will occur if an unused channel is deactivated.
The RTD module needs to have the current loop continuous to eliminate extra stabilization time which is
automatically added to an unused channel that is not deactivated. For consistency the RTD module should
have a resistor connected (like the 2-wire RTD connection).
1.7.2.2
Selection tables for the SM 1231 RTD
Table1-104
Temperature
coefficient
Ranges and accuracy for the different sensors supported by the RTD modules
RTD type
Under range
minimum1
Nominal range Nominal Over range
low limit
range high maximum2
limit
Normal
range
accuracy
@ 25°C
Normal
range
accuracy 0°
C to 55°C
Pt 0.003850
Pt 10
-243.0°C
-200.0°C
850.0°C
1000.0°C
±1.0°C
±2.0°C
ITS90
DIN EN 60751
Pt 50
-243.0°C
-200.0°C
850.0°C
1000.0°C
±0.5°C
±1.0°C
Pt 100
Pt 200
Pt 500
Pt 1000
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
75
Technical specifications
1.7 Thermocouple and RTD signal modules
Temperature
coefficient
RTD type
Pt 0.003902
Pt 0.003916
Pt 0.003920
Under range
minimum1
Nominal range Nominal Over range
low limit
range high maximum2
limit
Normal
range
accuracy
@ 25°C
Normal
range
accuracy 0°
C to 55°C
Pt 100
-243.0°C
-200.0°C
850.0°C
1000.0°C
± 0.5°C
±1.0°C
Pt 200
-243.0°C
-200.0°C
850.0°C
1000.0°C
± 0.5°C
±1.0°C
Pt 10
-273.2°C
-240.0°C
1100.0°C
1295°C
±1.0°C
±2.0°C
Pt 50
-273.2°C
-240.0°C
1100.0°C
1295°C
±0.8°C
±1.6°C
-105.0°C
-60.0°C
250.0°C
295.0°C
±0.5°C
±1.0°C
Pt 500
Pt 1000
Pt 0.003910
Pt 100
Pt 500
Ni 0.006720
Ni 0.006180
Ni 100
Ni 120
Ni 200
Ni 500
Ni 1000
LG-Ni 0.005000
LG-Ni 1000
-105.0°C
-60.0°C
250.0°C
295.0°C
±0.5°C
±1.0°C
Ni 0.006170
Ni 100
-105.0°C
-60.0°C
180.0°C
212.4°C
±0.5°C
±1.0°C
Cu 0.004270
Cu 10
-240.0°C
-200.0°C
260.0°C
312.0°C
±1.0°C
±2.0°C
Cu 0.004260
Cu 10
-60.0°C
-50.0°C
200.0°C
240.0°C
±1.0°C
±2.0°C
Cu 50
-60.0°C
-50.0°C
200.0°C
240.0°C
±0.6°C
±1.2°C
Cu 10
-240.0°C
-200.0°C
200.0°C
240.0°C
±1.0°C
±2.0°C
Cu 50
-240.0°C
-200.0°C
200.0°C
240.0°C
±0.7°C
±1.4°C
Cu 100
Cu 0.004280
Cu 100
1
RTD values below the under-range minimum value report -32768.
2
RTD values above the over-range maximum value report -32767.
Table1-105
Range
Resistance
Under range
minimum1
Nominal range
low limit
Nominal range
high limit
Over range
maximum2
Normal range
accuracy @ 25°
C
Normal range
accuracy 0°
C to 55°C
150 Ω
n/a
0 (0 Ω)
27648 (150 Ω)
176.383 Ω
±0.05%
±0.1%
300 Ω
n/a
0 (0 Ω)
27648 (300 Ω)
352.767 Ω
±0.05%
±0.1%
76
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.7 Thermocouple and RTD signal modules
Range
600 Ω
Under range
minimum1
n/a
Nominal range
low limit
0 (0 Ω)
Nominal range
high limit
27648 (600 Ω)
Over range
maximum2
Normal range
accuracy @ 25°
C
705.534 Ω
±0.05%
1
RTD values below the under-range minimum value are reported as -32768.
2
RTD values above the over-range minimum value are reported as -32768.
Normal range
accuracy 0°
C to 55°C
±0.1%
Note
The module reports 32767 on any activated channel with no sensor connected. If open wire detection is
also enabled, the module flashes the appropriate red LEDs.
When 500 Ω and 1000 Ω RTD ranges are used with other lower value resistors, the error may increase
to two times the specified error.
Best accuracy will be achieved for the 10 Ω RTD ranges if 4 wire connections are used.
The resistance of the connection wires in 2 wire mode will cause an error in the sensor reading and
therefore accuracy is not guaranteed.
Table1-106
Noise reduction and update times for the RTD modules
Rejection frequency
selection
Integration time
400 Hz (2.5 ms)
10 ms 1
Update time (seconds)
4-channel module
4-/2-wire: 0.142
8-channel module
3-wire: 0.285
4-/2-wire: 0.285
3-wire: 0.525
60 Hz (16.6 ms)
16.67 ms
4-/2-wire: 0.222
3-wire: 0.445
4-/2-wire: 0.445
3-wire: 0.845
50 Hz (20 ms)
20 ms
4-/2-wire: 0.262
3-wire: .505
4-/2-wire: 0.524
3-wire: 1.015
10 Hz (100 ms)
100 ms
4-/2-wire: 1.222
3-wire: 2.445
4-/2-wire: 2.425
3-wire: 4.845
1
To maintain module resolution and accuracy when the 400 Hz filter is selected, the integration time is 10 ms. This selection
also rejects 100 Hz and 200 Hz noise.
Note
After power is applied, the module performs internal calibration for the analog-to-digital converter. During
this time the module reports a value of 32767 on each channel until valid data is available on that channel.
Your user program may need to allow for this initialization time. Because the configuration of the module
can vary the length of the initialization time, you should verify the behavior or the module in your
configuration. If required, you can include logic in your user program to accommodate the initialization
time of the module.
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
77
Technical specifications
1.8 Digital signal boards
Representation of Analog values for RTDs
A representation of the digitized measured value for the RTD standard temperature range sensors are
shown in the tables below.
1.8 Digital
1.8.1
SB 1221
signal
200
boards
kHz digital input specifications
Table1-107
Representation of analog values for resistance thermometers PT 100, 200, 500, 1000
and PT 10, 50, 100, 500 GOST (0.003850) standard
Pt x00
standard in °
Decimal
C (1 digit =
0.1° C)
Units
Hexadecimal
Pt x00
standard in °
Decimal
F (1 digit =
0.1 F)
Range
Hexadecimal
> 1000.0
32767
7FFF
> 1832.0
32767
7FFF
Overflow
1000.0
10000
2710
1832.0
18320
4790
Overrange
:
:
:
:
:
:
850.1
8501
2135
1562.1
15621
3D05
850.0
8500
2134
1562.0
15620
3D04
:
:
:
:
:
:
-200.0
-2000
F830
-328.0
-3280
F330
-200.1
-2001
F82F
-328.1
-3281
F32F
:
:
:
:
:
:
-243.0
-2430
F682
-405.4
-4054
F02A
< -243.0
-32768
8000
< -405.4
-32768
8000
1.8
Digital signal boards
1.8.1
SB 1221 200 kHz digital input specifications
Table1-108
Units
Rated range
Underrange
Underflow
General specifications
Technical data
SB 1221 DI 4 x 24 VDC, 200 kHz
SB 1221 DI 4 x 5 VDC, 200 kHz
Order number
6ES7 221-3BD30-0XB0
6ES7 221-3AD30-0XB0
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
38 x 62 x 21
38 x 62 x 21
Weight
35 grams
35 grams
Power dissipation
1.5 W
1.0 W
Current consumption (SM Bus)
40 mA
40 mA
Current consumption (24 VDC)
7 mA / input + 20 mA
15 mA / input + 15 mA
78
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.8 Digital signal boards
Table1-109
Digital inputs
Technical data
SB 1221 DI 4 x 24 VDC, 200 kHz
SB 1221 DI 4 x 5 VDC, 200 kHz
Number of inputs
4
4
Type
Source
Source
Rated voltage
24 VDC at 7 mA, nominal
5 VDC at 15 mA, nominal
Continuous permissible voltage
28.8 VDC
6 VDC
Surge voltage
35 VDC for 0.5 sec.
6V
Logic 1 signal (min.)
L+ minus 10 VDC at 2.9 mA
L+ minus 2.0 VDC at 5.1 mA
Logic 0 signal (max.)
L+ minus 5 VDC at 1.4 mA
L+ minus 1.0 VDC at 2.2 mA
HSC clock input rates (max.)
Single phase: 200 kHz
Quadrature phase: 160 kHz
Single phase: 200 kHz
Quadrature phase: 160 kHz
Isolation (field side to logic)
500 VAC for 1 minute
500 VAC for 1 minute
Isolation groups
1
1
Filter times
0.2, 0.4, 0.8, 1.6, 3.2, 6.4, and 12.8 ms; 0.2, 0.4, 0.8, 1.6, 3.2, 6.4, and 12.8 ms;
Selectable in groups of 4
Selectable in groups of 4
Number of inputs on simultaneously
4
4
Cable length (meters)
50 shielded twisted pair
50 shielded twisted pair
Note
When switching frequencies above 20 kHz, it is important that the digital inputs receive a square wave.
Consider the following options to improve the signal quality to the inputs:
•
•
•
•
•
Minimize the cable length
Change a driver from a sink only driver to a sinking and sourcing driver
Change to a higher quality cable
Reduce the circuit/components from 24 V to 5 V
Add an external load at the input
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
79
Technical specifications
1.8 Digital signal boards
Table1-110
Wiring diagrams for the 200 kHz digital input SBs
1.8.2 SB 1222 200 kHz digital output specifications
SB 1221 DI 4 x 24 VDC, 200 kHz
(6ES7 221-3BD30-0XB0)
SB 1221 DI 4 x 5 VDC, 200 kHz
(6ES7 221-3AD30-0XB0)
① Supports sourcing inputs only
1.8.2
SB 1222 200 kHz digital output specifications
Table1-111
General specifications
Technical data
SB 1222 DQ 4 x 24 VDC, 200 kHz
SB 1222 DQ 4 x 5 VDC, 200 kHz
Order number
6ES7 222-1BD30-0XB0
6ES7 222-1AD30-0XB0
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
38 x 62 x 21
38 x 62 x 21
Weight
35 grams
35 grams
Power dissipation
0.5 W
0.5 W
Current consumption (SM Bus)
35 mA
35 mA
Current consumption (24 VDC)
15 mA
15 mA
Technical data
SB 1222 DQ 4 x 24 VDC, 200 kHz
SB 1222 DQ 4 x 5 VDC, 200 kHz
Number of outputs
4
4
Output type
Solid state - MOSFET sink and source1 Solid state - MOSFET sink and source1
Voltage range
20.4 to 28.8 VDC
Table1-112
80
Digital outputs
4.25 to 6.0 VDC
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.8 Digital signal boards
Technical data
SB 1222 DQ 4 x 24 VDC, 200 kHz
SB 1222 DQ 4 x 5 VDC, 200 kHz
Logic 1 signal at max. current
L+ minus 1.5 V
L+ minus 0.7 V
Logic 0 signal at max. current
1.0 VDC, max.
0.2 VDC, max.
Current (max.)
0.1 A
0.1 A
Lamp load
--
--
On state contact resistance
11 Ω max.
7 Ω max.
Off state resistance
6 Ω max.
0.2 Ω max.
Leakage current per point
--
--
Pulse Train Output rate
200 kHz max., 2 Hz min.
200 kHz max., 2 Hz min.
Surge current
0.11 A
0.11 A
Overload protection
No
No
Isolation (field side to logic)
500 VAC for 1 minute
500 VAC for 1 minute
Isolation groups
1
1
Currents per common
0.4 A
0.4 A
Inductive clamp voltage
None
None
Switching delay
1.5 μs + 300 ns rise
1.5 μs + 300 ns fall
200 ns + 300 ns rise
200 ns + 300 ns fall
Behavior on RUN to STOP
Last value or substitute value (default
value 0)
Last value or substitute value (default
value 0)
Number of outputs on simultaneously
4
4
Cable length (meters)
50 shielded twisted pair
50 shielded twisted pair
1
Because both sinking and sourcing configurations are supported by the same circuitry, the active state of a sourcing load is
opposite that of a sinking load. A source output exhibits positive logic (Q bit and LED are ON when the load has current flow),
while a sink output exhibits negative logic (Q bit and LED are OFF when the load has current flow). If the module is plugged in
with no user program, the default for this module is 0 V, which means that a sinking load will be turned ON.
Note
When switching frequencies above 20 kHz, it is important that the digital inputs receive a square wave.
Consider the following options to improve the signal quality to the inputs:
•
•
•
•
•
Minimize the cable length
Change a driver from a sink only driver to a sinking and sourcing driver
Change to a higher quality cable
Reduce the circuit/components from 24 V to 5 V
Add an external load at the input
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
81
Technical specifications
1.8 Digital signal boards
Table1-113
Wiring diagrams for the 200 kHz digital output SBs
1.8.3 SB 1223 200 kHz digital input / output specifications
SB 1222 DQ 4 x 24 VDC, 200 kHz
(6ES7 222-1BD30-0XB0)
SB 1222 DQ 4 x 5 VDC, 200 kHz
(6ES7 222-1AD30-0XB0)
① For sourcing outputs, connect "Load" to "-" (shown). For sinking outputs, connect "Load" to "+". Because both sinking and
sourcing configurations are supported by the same circuitry, the active state of a sourcing load is opposite that of a sinking
load. A source output exhibits positive logic (Q bit and LED are ON when the load has current flow), while a sink output exhibits
negative logic (Q bit and LED are OFF when the load has current flow). If the module is plugged in with no user program, the
default for this module is 0 V, which means that a sinking load will be turned ON.
1.8.3
SB 1223 200 kHz digital input / output specifications
Table1-114
General specifications
Technical data
SB 1223 DI 2 x 24 VDC /
DQ 2 x 24 VDC, 200 kHz
SB 1223 DI 2 x 5 VDC /
DQ 2 x 5 VDC, 200 kHz
Order number
6ES7 223-3BD30-0XB0
6ES7 223-3AD30-0XB0
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
38 x 62 x 21
38 x 62 x 21
Weight
35 grams
35 grams
Power dissipation
1.0 W
0.5 W
Current consumption (SM Bus)
35 mA
35 mA
Current consumption (24 VDC)
7 mA / Input + 30 mA
15 mA / input + 15 mA
Technical data
SB 1223 DI 2 x 24 VDC /
DQ 2 x 24 VDC, 200 kHz
SB 1223 DI 2 x 5 VDC /
DQ 2 x 5 VDC, 200 kHz
Number of inputs
2
2
Table1-115
82
Digital inputs
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.8 Digital signal boards
Technical data
SB 1223 DI 2 x 24 VDC /
DQ 2 x 24 VDC, 200 kHz
SB 1223 DI 2 x 5 VDC /
DQ 2 x 5 VDC, 200 kHz
Type
Source
Source
Rated voltage
24 VDC at 7 mA, nominal
5 VDC at 15 mA, nominal
Continuous permissible voltage
28.8 VDC
6 VDC
Surge voltage
35 VDC for 0.5 sec.
6V
Logic 1 signal (min.)
L+ minus 10 VDC at 2.9 mA
L+ minus 2.0 VDC at 5.1 mA
Logic 0 signal (max.)
L+ minus 5 VDC at 1.4 mA
L+ minus 1.0 VDC at 2.2 mA
HSC clock input rates (max.)
Single phase: 200 kHz
Quadrature phase: 160 kHz
Single phase: 200 kHz
Quadrature phase: 160 kHz
Isolation (field side to logic)
500 VAC for 1 minute
500 VAC for 1 minute
Isolation groups
1 (no isolation to outputs)
1 (no isolation to outputs)
Filter times
0.2, 0.4, 0.8, 1.6, 3.2, 6.4, and 12.8 ms; 0.2, 0.4, 0.8, 1.6, 3.2, 6.4, and 12.8 ms;
Selectable in groups of 4
Selectable in groups of 4
Number of inputs on simultaneously
2
2
Cable length (meters)
50 shielded twisted pair
50 shielded twisted pair
Technical data
SB 1223 DI 2 x 24 VDC /
DQ 2 x 24 VDC, 200 kHz
SB 1223 DI 2 x 5 VDC /
DQ 2 x 5 VDC, 200 kHz
Number of outputs
2
Table1-116
Digital outputs
2
Output type
Solid state - MOSFET sink and
Voltage range
20.4 to 28.8 VDC
4.25 to 6.0 VDC
Rated value
24 VDC
5 VDC
Logic 1 signal at max. current
L+ minus 1.5 V
L+ minus 0.7 V
Logic 0 signal at max. current
1.0 VDC, max.
0.2 VDC, max.
Current (max.)
0.1 A
0.1 A
Lamp load
--
--
On state contact resistance
11 Ω max.
7 Ω max.
Off state resistance
6 Ω max.
0.2 Ω max.
Leakage current per point
--
--
Pulse Train Output rate
200 kHz max., 2 Hz min.
200 kHz max., 2 Hz min.
Surge current
0.11 A
0.11 A
Overload protection
No
No
Isolation (field side to logic)
500 VAC for 1 minute
500 VAC for 1 minute
Isolation groups
1 (no isolation to inputs)
1 (no isolation to inputs)
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
source1
Solid state - MOSFET sink and source1
83
Technical specifications
1.8 Digital signal boards
Technical data
SB 1223 DI 2 x 24 VDC /
DQ 2 x 24 VDC, 200 kHz
SB 1223 DI 2 x 5 VDC /
DQ 2 x 5 VDC, 200 kHz
Currents per common
0.2 A
0.2 A
Inductive clamp voltage
None
None
Switching delay
1.5 μs + 300 ns rise
1.5 μs + 300 ns fall
200 ns + 300 ns rise
200 ns + 300 ns fall
Behavior on RUN to STOP
Last value or substitute
(default value 0)
Last value or substitute
(default value 0)
Number of outputs on simultaneously
2
2
Cable length (meters)
50 shielded twisted pair
50 shielded twisted pair
1
Because both sinking and sourcing configurations are supported by the same circuitry, the active state of a sourcing load is
opposite that of a sinking load. A source output exhibits positive logic (Q bit and LED are ON when the load has current flow),
while a sink output exhibits negative logic (Q bit and LED are OFF when the load has current flow). If the module is plugged in
with no user program, the default for this module is 0 V, which means that a sinking load will be turned ON.
Note
When switching frequencies above 20 kHz, it is important that the digital inputs receive a square wave.
Consider the following options to improve the signal quality to the inputs:
•
•
•
•
•
84
Minimize the cable length
Change a driver from a sink only driver to a sinking and sourcing driver
Change to a higher quality cable
Reduce the circuit/components from 24 V to 5 V
Add an external load at the input
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.8 Digital signal boards
Table1-117
Wiring diagrams for the 200 kHz digital input/output SBs
1.8.4 SB 1223 2 X 24 VDC input / 2 X 24 VDC output specifications
SB 1223 DI 2 x 24 VDC/DQ 2 x 24 VDC,
200 kHz (6ES7 223-3BD30-0XB0)
SB 1223 DI 2 x 5 VDC / DQ 2 x 5 VDC,
200 kHz (6ES7 223-3AD30-0XB0)
① Supports sourcing inputs only
② For sourcing outputs, connect "Load" to "-" (shown). For sinking outputs, connect "Load" to "+". 1 Because both sinking and
sourcing configurations are supported by the same circuitry, the active state of a sourcing load is opposite that of a sinking
load. A source output exhibits positive logic (Q bit and LED are ON when the load has current flow), while a sink output exhibits
negative logic (Q bit and LED are OFF when the load has current flow). If the module is plugged in with no user program, the
default for this module is 0 V, which means that a sinking load will be turned ON.
1.8.4
SB 1223 2 X 24 VDC input / 2 X 24 VDC output specifications
Table1-118
General specifications
Technical Data
SB 1223 DI 2 x 24 VDC, DQ 2 x 24 VDC
Order number
6ES7 223-0BD30-0XB0
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
38 x 62 x 21
Weight
40 grams
Power dissipation
1.0 W
Current consumption (SM Bus)
50 mA
Current consumption (24 VDC)
4 mA / Input used
Table1-119
Digital inputs
Technical Data
SB 1223 DI 2 x 24 VDC, DQ 2 x 24 VDC
Number of inputs
2
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
85
Technical specifications
1.8 Digital signal boards
Technical Data
SB 1223 DI 2 x 24 VDC, DQ 2 x 24 VDC
Type
IEC Type 1 sink
Rated voltage
24 VDC at 4 mA, nominal
Continuous permissible voltage
30 VDC, max.
Surge voltage
35 VDC for 0.5 sec.
Logic 1 signal (min.)
15 VDC at 2.5 mA
Logic 0 signal (max.)
5 VDC at 1 mA
HSC clock input rates (max.)
20 kHz (15 to 30 VDC)
30 kHz (15 to 26 VDC)
Isolation (field side to logic)
500 VAC for 1 minute
Isolation groups
1
Filter times
0.2, 0.4, 0.8, 1.6, 3.2, 6.4, and 12.8 ms
Selectable in groups of 2
Number of inputs on simultaneously
2
Cable length (meters)
500 shielded, 300 unshielded
Table1-120
Digital outputs
Technical Data
SB 1223 DI 2 x 24 VDC, DQ 2 x 24 VDC
Number of outputs
2
Output type
Solid state - MOSFET (sourcing)
Voltage range
20.4 to 28.8 VDC
Logic 1 signal at max. current
20 VDC min.
Logic 0 signal with 10K Ω load
0.1 VDC max.
Current (max.)
0.5 A
Lamp load
5W
On state contact resistance
0.6 Ω max.
Leakage current per point
10 μA max.
Pulse Train Output (PTO) rate
20 KHz max., 2 Hz min. 1
Surge current
5 A for 100 ms max.
Overload protection
No
Isolation (field side to logic)
500 VAC for 1 minute
Isolation groups
1
Currents per common
1A
Inductive clamp voltage
L+ minus 48 V, 1 W dissipation
86
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.9 Analog signal boards
1.9
1.9.1
Analog
SB 1231
signal
1 analog
boardsinput specifications
Technical Data
SB 1223 DI 2 x 24 VDC, DQ 2 x 24 VDC
Switching delay
2 μs max. off to on
10 μs max. on to off
Behavior on RUN to STOP
Last value or substitute value (default value 0)
Number of outputs on simultaneously
2
Cable length (meters)
500 m shielded, 150 m unshielded
1 Depending
on your pulse receiver and cable, an additional load resistor (at least 10% of rated current) may improve pulse
signal quality and noise immunity.
Table1-121
Wiring diagram for the digital input/output SB
SB 1223 DI 2 x 24 VDC, DQ 2 x 24 VDC (6ES7 223-0BD30-0XB0)
① Supports sinking inputs only
1.9
Analog signal boards
1.9.1
SB 1231 1 analog input specifications
Note
To use this SB, your CPU firmware must be V2.0 or higher.
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
87
Technical specifications
1.9 Analog signal boards
Table1-122
General specifications
Technical data
SB 1231 AI 1 x 12 bit
Order number
6ES7 231-4HA30-0XB0
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
38 x 62 x 21 mm
Weight
35 grams
Power dissipation
0.4 W
Current consumption (SM Bus)
55 mA
Current consumption (24 VDC)
none
Table1-123
Analog inputs
Technical data
SB 1231 AI 1x12 bit
Number of inputs
1
Type
Voltage or current (differential)
Range
±10V, ±5V, ±2.5 or 0 to 20 mA
Resolution
11 bits + sign bit
Full scale range (data word)
-27,648 to 27,648
Over/Under range (data word)
Voltage: 32,511 to 27,649 / -27,649 to -32,512
Current: 32,511 to 27,649 / 0 to -4,864
(Refer to Analog input representation for voltage and Analog input
representation for current (Page 26) .)
Overflow/Underflow (data word)
Voltage: 32,767 to 32,512 / -32,513 to -32,768
Current: 32,767 to 32,512 / -4,865 to -32,768
(Refer to Analog input representation for voltage and Analog input
representation for current (Page 26) .)
Maximum withstand voltage / current
±35V / ±40 mA
Smoothing
None, weak, medium, or strong (refer to Analog input response times
for step response time (Page 26) .)
Noise rejection
400, 60, 50, or 10 Hz (refer to Analog input response times for
sample rates (Page 26) .)
Accuracy (25°C / 0 to 55°C)
±0.3% / ±0.6% of full scale
Input impedance
Differential
Common mode
Voltage: 220 kΩ; Current: 250 Ω
Voltage: 55 kΩ; Current: 55 kΩ
Behavior on RUN to STOP
Last value or substitute value (default value 0)
Measuring principle
Actual value conversion
Common mode rejection
400 dB, DC to 60 Hz
Operational signal range
Signal plus common mode voltage must be less than +35 V and
greater than -35 V
Isolation (field side to logic)
None
88
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.9 Analog signal boards
1.9.2 SB 1232 1 analog output specifications
Technical data
SB 1231 AI 1x12 bit
Cable length (meters)
100 m, twisted and shielded
Table1-124
Diagnostics
Technical data
SB 1231 AI 1 x 12 bit
Overflow/underflow
Yes
24 VDC low voltage
no
Table1-125
Wiring diagram for the analog input SB
SB 1231 AI x 12 bit (6ES7 231-4HA30-0XB0)
① Connect "R" and "0+" for current
1.9.2
SB 1232 1 analog output specifications
Table1-126
General specifications
Technical data
SB 1232 AQ 1 x 12 bit
Order number
6ES7 232-4HA30-0XB0
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
38 x 62 x 21 mm
Weight
40 grams
Power dissipation
1.5 W
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
89
Technical specifications
1.9 Analog signal boards
Technical data
SB 1232 AQ 1 x 12 bit
Current consumption (SM Bus)
15 mA
Current consumption (24 VDC)
40 mA (no load)
Table1-127
Analog outputs
Technical data
SB 1232 AQ 1 x 12 bit
Number of outputs
1
Type
Voltage or current
Range
±10 V or 0 to 20 mA
Resolution
Voltage: 12 bits
Current: 11 bits
Full scale range (data word)
Voltage: -27,648 to 27,648
Refer to the output ranges for voltage and current (Page
67) .
Current: 0 to 27,648
Accuracy (25°C / 0 to 55°C)
±0.5% / ±1% of full scale
Settling time (95% of new value)
Voltage: 300 μS (R), 750 μS (1 uF)
Current: 600 μS (1 mH), 2 ms (10 mH)
Load impedance
Voltage: ≥ 1000 Ω
Current: ≤ 600 Ω
Behavior on RUN to STOP
Last value or substitute value (default value 0)
Isolation (field side to logic)
None
Cable length (meters)
100 m, twisted and shielded
Table1-128
Diagnostics
Technical data
SB 1232 AQ 1 x 12 bit
Overflow/underflow
Yes
Short to ground (voltage mode only)
Yes
Wire break (current mode only)
Yes
90
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.9 Analog signal boards
Table1-129
1.9.3 Measurement
1.9.3.1
Step response
ranges
of thefor
analog
analog
inputs
inputs and outputs
Wiring diagram for the analog output SB
SB 1232 AQ 1 x 12 bit (6ES7 232-4HA30-0XB0)
1.9.3
Measurement ranges for analog inputs and outputs
1.9.3.1
Step response of the analog inputs
Table1-130
Step response (ms), 0V to 10V measured at 95%
Smoothing selection (sample averaging)
Integration time selection
400 Hz (2.5 ms)
60 Hz (16.6 ms)
50 Hz (20 ms)
10 Hz (100 ms)
None (1 cycle): No averaging
4.5 ms
18.7 ms
22.0 ms
102 ms
Weak (4 cycles): 4 samples
10.6 ms
59.3 ms
70.8 ms
346 ms
Medium (16 cycles): 16 samples
33.0 ms
208 ms
250 ms
1240 ms
Strong (32 cycles): 32 samples
63.0 ms
408 ms
490 ms
2440 ms
Sample time
0.156 ms
1.042 ms
1.250 ms
6.250 ms
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
91
Technical specifications
1.9 Analog signal boards
1.9.3.2
Sample time and update times for the analog inputs
1.9.3.2 Measurement
1.9.3.3
Sample time and
ranges
update
of the
times
analog
for the
inputs
analog
for voltage
inputs
Table1-131
Sample time and update time
Selection
Sample time
SB update time
400 Hz (2.5 ms)
0.156 ms
0.156 ms
60 Hz (16.6 ms)
1.042 ms
1.042 ms
50 Hz (20 ms)
1.250 ms
1.25 ms
10 Hz (100 ms)
6.250 ms
6.25 ms
1.9.3.3
Measurement ranges of the analog inputs for voltage
Table1-132
Analog input representation for voltage
System
Voltage Measuring Range
Decimal
Hexadecimal
±10 V
±5 V
±2.5 V
32767
7FFF
11.851 V
5.926 V
2.963 V
Overflow
11.851 V
Overflow
32512
7F00
32511
7EFF
11.759 V
5.879 V
2.940 V
Overshoot range
11.759 V
27649
6C01
Overshoot
range
27648
6C00
10 V
5V
2.5 V
Rated range
10 V
Rated range
20736
5100
7.5 V
3.75 V
1.875 V
7.5 V
1
1
361.7 μV
180.8 μV
90.4 μV
361.7 μV
0
0
0V
0V
0V
0V
-1
FFFF
-20736
AF00
-7.5 V
-3.75 V
-1.875 V
-27648
9400
-10 V
-5 V
-2.5 V
-27649
93FF
-32512
8100
-32513
80FF
-32768
8000
92
0 to 10 V
Negative
values are not
supported
Undershoot range
-11.759 V
-5.879 V
-2.940 V
Underflow
-11.851 V
-5.926 V
-2.963 V
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.9 Analog signal boards
1.9.3.4
Output
Table1-133
1.9.3.4 Output
Analog output representation for current
System
Current Output Range
Decimal
Hexadecimal
0 mA to 20 mA
32767
7FFF
See note 1
32512
7F00
See note 1
32511
7EFF
23.52 mA
Overshoot range
27649
6C01
27648
6C00
20 mA
Rated range
20736
5100
15 mA
1
1
723.4 nA
0
0
0 mA
Overflow
1 In
an overflow or underflow condition, analog outputs will behave according to the device configuration properties set for the
analog signal module. In the "Reaction to CPU STOP" parameter, select either: Use substitute value or Keep last value.
Table1-134
Analog output representation for voltage
System
Voltage Output Range
Decimal
Hexadecimal
± 10 V
32767
7FFF
See note 1
32512
7F00
See note 1
32511
7EFF
11.76 V
Overshoot range
27649
6C01
27648
6C00
10 V
Rated range
20736
5100
7.5 V
1
1
361.7 μ V
0
0
0V
-1
FFFF
-361.7 μ V
-20736
AF00
-7.5 V
-27648
9400
-10 V
-27649
93FF
-32512
8100
-11.76 V
-32513
80FF
See note 1
-32768
8000
See note 1
Overflow
Undershoot range
Underflow
1 In
an overflow or underflow condition, analog outputs will behave according to the device configuration properties set for the
analog signal module. In the "Reaction to CPU STOP" parameter, select either: Use substitute value or Keep last value.
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
93
Technical specifications
1.9 Analog signal boards
1.9.4
1.9.4.1
Thermocouple
SB 1231 1 analog
SBs thermocouple input specifications
1.9.4
Thermocouple SBs
1.9.4.1
SB 1231 1 analog thermocouple input specifications
Note
To use this SB, your CPU firmware must be V2.0 or higher.
Table1-135
General specifications
Technical data
SB 1231 AI 1 x 16 bit Thermocouple
Order number
6ES7 231-5QA30-0XB0
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
38 x 62 x 21 mm
Weight
35 grams
Power dissipation
0.5 W
Current consumption (SM Bus)
5 mA
Current consumption (24 VDC)
20 mA
Table1-136
Analog inputs
Technical data
SB 1231 AI 1x16 bit Thermocouple
Number of inputs
1
Type
Floating TC and mV
Range
See Thermocouple filter selection table (Page 95) .
•
•
•
Nominal range (data word)
Overrange/underrange (data word)
Overflow/underflow (data word)
Resolution
Temperature
0.1° C / 0.1° F
Voltage
15 bits plus sign
Maximum withstand voltage
±35 V
Noise rejection
85 dB for the selected filter setting
(10 Hz, 50 Hz, 60 Hz, 400 Hz)
Common mode rejection
> 120 dB at 120 VAC
Impedance
≥ 10 M Ω
Accuracy (25°C / 0 to 55°C)
See Thermocouple selection table (Page 95) .
94
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.9 Analog signal boards
1.9.4.2 Basic operation for a thermocouple
Technical data
SB 1231 AI 1x16 bit Thermocouple
Repeatability
±0.05% FS
Measuring principle
Integrating
Module update time
See Thermocouple filter selection table (Page 95) .
Cold junction error
±1.5° C
Isolation (field side to logic)
500 VAC
Cable length (meters)
100 m to sensor max.
Wire resistance
100 Ω max.
Table1-137
Diagnostics
Technical data
SB 1231 AI 1 x 16 bit Thermocouple
Overflow/underflow1
Yes
Wire break2
Yes
1
The overflow and underflow diagnostic alarm information will be reported in the analog data values even if the alarms are
disabled in the module configuration.
2
When wire break alarm is disabled and an open wire condition exists in the sensor wiring, the module may report random
values.
The SM 1231 Thermocouple (TC) analog signal module measures the value of voltage connected to the
module inputs.
The SB 1231 Thermocouple analog signal board measures the value of voltage connected to the signal
board inputs. The temperature measurement type can be either "Thermocouple" or "Voltage".
•
•
1.9.4.2
"Thermocouple": The value will be reported in degrees multiplied by ten (for example, 25.3 degrees
will be reported as decimal 253).
"Voltage": The nominal range full scale value will be decimal 27648.
Basic operation for a thermocouple
Thermocouples are formed whenever two dissimilar metals are electrically bonded to each other. A
voltage is generated that is proportional to the junction temperature. This voltage is small; one microvolt
could represent many degrees. Measuring the voltage from a thermocouple, compensating for extra
junctions, and then linearizing the result forms the basis of temperature measurement using
thermocouples.
When you connect a thermocouple to the SM 1231 Thermocouple module, the two dissimilar metal wires
are attached to the module at the module signal connector. The place where the two dissimilar wires are
attached to each other forms the sensor thermocouple.
Two more thermocouples are formed where the two dissimilar wires are attached to the signal connector.
The connector temperature causes a voltage that adds to the voltage from the sensor thermocouple. If
this voltage is not corrected, then the temperature reported will deviate from the sensor temperature.
Cold junction compensation is used to compensate for the connector thermocouple. Thermocouple tables
are based on a reference junction temperature, usually zero degrees Celsius. The cold junction
compensation compensates the connector to zero degrees Celsius. The cold junction compensation
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
95
Technical specifications
1.9 Analog signal boards
restores the voltage added by the connector thermocouples. The temperature of the module is measured
internally, then converted to a value to be added to the sensor conversion. The corrected sensor
conversion is then linearized using the thermocouple tables.
For optimum operation of the cold junction compensation, the thermocouple module must be located in
a thermally stable environment. Slow variation (less than 0.1° C/minute) in ambient module temperature
is correctly compensated within the module specifications. Air movement across the module will also
cause cold junction compensation errors.
If better cold junction error compensation is needed, an external iso-thermal terminal block may be used.
The thermocouple module provides for use of a 0° C referenced or 50° C referenced terminal block.
Selection table for the SB 1231 thermocouple
The ranges and accuracy for the different thermocouple types supported by the SB 1231 Thermocouple
signal board are shown in the table below.
Table1-138
SB 1231 Thermocouple selection table
Thermocouple
Type
Under range
minimum1
Nominal range Nominal range
low limit
high limit
Over range
maximum2
Normal range 3
accuracy @ 25°C
Normal range 3,
accuracy 0°
C to 55°C
J
-210.0°C
-150.0°C
1200.0°C
1450.0°C
±0.3°C
±0.6°C
K
-270.0°C
-200.0°C
1372.0°C
1622.0°C
±0.4°C
±1.0°C
T
-270.0°C
-200.0°C
400.0°C
540.0°C
±0.5°C
±1.0°C
E
-270.0°C
-200.0°C
1000.0°C
1200.0°C
±0.3°C
±0.6°C
R&S
-50.0°C
100.0°C
1768.0°C
2019.0°C
±1.0°C
±2.5°C
N
-270.0°C
0.0°C
1300.0°C
1550.0°C
±1.0°C
±1.6°C
C
0.0°C
100.0°C
2315.0°C
2500.0°C
±0.7°C
±2.7°C
TXK/XK(L)
-200.0°C
-150.0°C
800.0°C
1050.0°C
±0.6°C
±1.2°C
Voltage
-32511
-27648
-80mV
27648
80mV
32511
±0.05%
±0.1%
1
Thermocouple values below the under-range minimum value are reported as -32768.
2
Thermocouple values above the over-range minimum value are reported as 32767.
3 Internal
cold junction error is ±1.5°C for all ranges. This adds to the error in this table. The signal board requires at least 30
minutes of warmup time to meet this specification.
Table1-139
96
Filter selection table for the SB 1231 Thermocouple
Rejection frequency (Hz)
Integration time (ms)
Signal board update time (seconds)
10
100
0.306
50
20
0.066
60
16.67
0.056
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.9 Analog signal boards
Rejection frequency (Hz)
Integration time (ms)
Signal board update time (seconds)
4001
10
0.036
1
To maintain module resolution and accuracy when 400 Hz rejection is selected, the integration time is 10 ms. This selection
also rejects 100 Hz and 200 Hz noise.
It is recommended for measuring thermocouples that a 100 ms integration time be used. The use of
smaller integration times will increase the repeatability error of the temperature readings.
Note
After power is applied to the module, it performs internal calibration for the analog to digital converter.
During this time, the module reports a value of 32767 on each channel until valid data is available on that
channel. Your user program may need to allow for this initialization time.
Table1-140
Wiring diagram for the analog input thermocouple SB
SB 1231 AI 1 x 16 bit thermocouple (6ES7 231-5QA30-0XB0)
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
97
Technical specifications
1.9 Analog signal boards
1.9.5
RTD SBs
1.9.5.1
SB 1231 1 analog RTD input specifications
1.9.5 RTD
1.9.5.1
SB SBs
1231 1 analog RTD input specifications
Note
To use this SB, your CPU firmware must be V2.0 or higher.
Table1-141
General specifications
Technical data
SB 1231 AI 1 x 16 bit RTD
Order number
6ES7 231-5PA30-0XB0
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
38 x 62 x 21 mm
Weight
35 grams
Power dissipation
0.7 W
Current consumption (SM Bus)
5 mA
Current consumption (24 VDC)
25 mA
Table1-142
Analog inputs
Technical data
SB 1231 AI 1 x 16 bit RTD
Number of inputs
1
Type
Module referenced RTD and Ohms
Range
See Selection tables (Page 100) .
•
•
•
Nominal range (data word)
Overrange/underrange (data word)
Overflow/underflow (data word)
Resolution
Temperature
0.1° C/ 0.1° F
Voltage
15 bits plus sign
Maximum withstand voltage
±35 V
Noise rejection
85 dB (10 Hz, 50 Hz, 60 Hz, 400 Hz)
Common mode rejection
> 120 dB
Impedance
≥ 10 MΩ
Accuracy (25°C / 0 to 55°C)
See Selection tables (Page 100) .
Repeatability
±0.05% FS
Maximum sensor dissipation
0.5 m W
Measuring principle
Integrating
98
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.9 Analog signal boards
Technical data
SB 1231 AI 1 x 16 bit RTD
Module update time
See Selection table (Page 100) .
Isolation (field side to logic)
500 VAC
Cable length (meters)
100 m to sensor max.
Wire resistance
20 Ω, 2.7 for 10 Ω RTD max.
Table1-143
Diagnostics
Technical data
SB 1231 AI 1 x 16 bit RTD
Overflow/underflow1, 2
Yes
Wire break 3
Yes
1
The overflow and underflow diagnostic alarm information will be reported in the analog data values even if the alarms are
disabled in the module configuration.
2 For
resistance ranges underflow detection is never enabled.
3
When wire break alarm is disabled and an open wire condition exists in the sensor wiring, the module may report random
values.
The SM 1231 RTD analog signal board measures the value of resistance connected to the signal board
inputs. The measurement type can be selected as either "Resistor" or "Thermal resistor".
•
•
"Resistor": The nominal range full scale value will be decimal 27648.
"Thermal resistor": The value will be reported in degrees multiplied by ten (for example, 25.3 degrees
will be reported as decimal 253).
The SB 1231 RTD signal board supports measurements with 2-wire, 3-wire and 4-wire connections to
the sensor resistor.
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
99
Technical specifications
1.9 Analog signal boards
Table1-144
1.9.5.2 Selection tables for the SB 1231 RTD
Wiring diagram for SB 1231 AI 1 x 16 bit RTD
SB 1213 AI 1 x 16 bit RTD (6ES7 231-5PA30-0XB0)
Figure1-1
① Loop-back unused RTD input
② 2-wire RTD
③ 3-wire RTD
④ 4-wire RTD
1.9.5.2
Selection tables for the SB 1231 RTD
Table1-145
Temperature
coefficient
Ranges and accuracy for the different sensors supported by the RTD modules
RTD type
Under range
minimum1
Nominal
range
low limit
Nominal
range
high limit
Over range
maximum2
Normal
Normal
range
range
accuracy @ accuracy 0°
25°C
C to 55°C
Pt 0.003850
Pt 10
-243.0°C
-200.0°C
850.0°C
1000.0°C
±1.0°C
±2.0°C
ITS90
DIN EN 60751
Pt 50
-243.0°C
-200.0°C
850.0°C
1000.0°C
±0.5°C
±1.0°C
Pt 100
Pt 200
Pt 500
Pt 1000
100
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.9 Analog signal boards
Temperature
coefficient
RTD type
Pt 0.003902
Pt 0.003916
Pt 0.003920
Pt 100
Under range
minimum1
Nominal
range
low limit
Nominal
range
high limit
Over range
maximum2
Normal
Normal
range
range
accuracy @ accuracy 0°
25°C
C to 55°C
-243.0°C
-200.0°C
850.0°C
1000.0°C
± 0.5°C
±1.0°C
Pt 10
-273.2°C
-240.0°C
1100.0°C
1295°C
±1.0°C
±2.0°C
Pt 50
-273.2°C
-240.0°C
1100.0°C
1295°C
±0.8°C
±1.6°C
-105.0°C
-60.0°C
250.0°C
295.0°C
±0.5°C
±1.0°C
Pt 200
Pt 500
Pt 1000
Pt 0.003910
Pt 100
Pt 500
Ni 0.006720
Ni 0.006180
Ni 100
Ni 120
Ni 200
Ni 500
Ni 1000
LG-Ni 0.005000
LG-Ni 1000
-105.0°C
-60.0°C
250.0°C
295.0°C
±0.5°C
±1.0°C
Ni 0.006170
Ni 100
-105.0°C
-60.0°C
180.0°C
212.4°C
±0.5°C
±1.0°C
Cu 0.004270
Cu 10
-240.0°C
-200.0°C
260.0°C
312.0°C
±1.0°C
±2.0°C
Cu 0.004260
Cu 10
-60.0°C
-50.0°C
200.0°C
240.0°C
±1.0°C
±2.0°C
Cu 50
-60.0°C
-50.0°C
200.0°C
240.0°C
±0.6°C
±1.2°C
Cu 10
-240.0°C
-200.0°C
200.0°C
240.0°C
±1.0°C
±2.0°C
Cu 50
-240.0°C
-200.0°C
200.0°C
240.0°C
±0.7°C
±1.4°C
Cu 100
Cu 0.004280
Cu 100
1
RTD values below the under-range minimum value are reported as -32768.
2
RTD values above the over-range minimum value are reported as -32768.
Table1-146
Range
Resistance
Under range
minimum
Nominal range
low limit
Nominal range
high limit
Over range
maximum1
Normal range
accuracy @ 25°
C
Normal range
accuracy 0°
C to 55°C
150 Ω
n/a
0 (0 Ω)
27648 (150 Ω)
176.383 Ω
±0.05%
±0.1%
300 Ω
n/a
0 (0 Ω)
27648 (300 Ω)
352.767 Ω
±0.05%
±0.1%
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
101
Technical specifications
1.9 Analog signal boards
Range
600 Ω
1
Under range
minimum
n/a
Nominal range
low limit
0 (0 Ω)
Nominal range
high limit
27648 (600 Ω)
Over range
maximum1
Normal range
accuracy @ 25°
C
705.534 Ω
±0.05%
Normal range
accuracy 0°
C to 55°C
±0.1%
RTD values above the over-range minimum value are reported as -32768.
Note
The module reports 32767 on any activated channel with no sensor connected. If open wire detection is
also enabled, the module flashes the appropriate red LEDs.
When 500 Ω and 1000 Ω RTD ranges are used with other lower value resistors, the error may increase
to two times the specified error.
Best accuracy will be achieved for the 10 Ω RTD ranges if 4 wire connections are used.
The resistance of the connection wires in 2 wire mode will cause an error in the sensor reading and
therefore accuracy is not guaranteed.
Table1-147
Noise reduction and update times for the RTD modules
Rejection frequency
selection
Integration time
4-/2-wire, 1-channel module
3-wire, 1-channel module
Update time (seconds)
Update time (seconds)
400 Hz (2.5 ms)
10 ms 1
0.036
0.071
60 Hz (16.6 ms)
16.67 ms
0.056
0.111
50 Hz (20 ms)
20 ms
0.066
1.086
10 Hz (100 ms)
100 ms
0.306
0.611
1
To maintain module resolution and accuracy when the 400 Hz filter is selected, the integration time is 10 ms. This selection
also rejects 100 Hz and 200 Hz noise.
Note
After power is applied, the module performs internal calibration for the analog-to-digital converter. During
this time the module reports a value of 32767 on each channel until valid data is available on that channel.
Your user program may need to allow for this initialization time. Because the configuration of the module
can vary the length of the initialization time, you should verify the behavior or the module in your
configuration. If required, you can include logic in your user program to accommodate the initialization
time of the module.
102
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.10 Communication interfaces
1.10
Communication interfaces
1.10 Communication
1.10.1
1.10.1.1
1.10.1.2
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS
CM
1242-5 interfaces
1.10.1 PROFIBUS
1.10.1.1
PROFIBUS
Note
S7-1200 PROFIBUS CMs and the GPRS CP are not approved for Maritime applications
The following modules do not have Maritime approval:
•
•
•
CM 1242-5 PROFIBUS Slave module
CM 1243-5 PROFIBUS Master module
CP 1242-7 GPRS module
Note
To use these modules, your CPU firmware must be V2.0 or higher.
1.10.1.2
CM 1242-5
Table1-148
Technical specifications of the CM 1242‑5
Technical specifications
Order number
6GK7 242‑5DX30‑0XE0
Interfaces
Connection to PROFIBUS
9-pin D-sub female connector
Maximum current consumption on the PROFIBUS interface 15 mA at 5 V (only for bus termination) *)
when network components are connected (for example optical
network components)
Permitted ambient conditions
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
103
Technical specifications
1.10 Communication interfaces
Technical specifications
Ambient temperature
•
•
•
•
during storage
during transportation
during operation with a vertical installation (DIN rail
horizontal)
during operation with a horizontal installation (DIN rail
vertical)
•
•
•
•
-40 °C to 70 °C
-40 °C to 70 °C
0 °C to 55 °C
0 °C to 45 °C
Relative humidity at 25 °C during operation, without
condensation, maximum
95 %
Degree of protection
IP20
Power supply, current consumption and power loss
Type of power supply
DC
Power supply from the backplane bus
5V
Current consumption (typical)
150 mA
Effective power loss (typical)
0.75 W
Dimensions and weights
•
•
•
Width
Height
Depth
Weight
•
•
Net weight
Weight including packaging
•
•
•
•
•
30 mm
100 mm
75 mm
115 g
152 g
*)The current load of an external consumer connected between VP (pin 6) and DGND (pin 5) must not exceed a maximum of
15 mA (short-circuit proof) for bus termination.
PROFIBUS interface
104
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.10 Communication interfaces
Table1-149
1.10.1.3 CM 1243-5
Pinout of the D-sub socket
Pin
1.10.1.3
Description
Pin
Description
1
- not used -
6
P5V2: +5V power supply
2
- not used -
7
- not used -
3
RxD/TxD-P: Data line B
8
RxD/TxD-N: Data line A
4
RTS
9
- not used -
5
M5V2: Data reference potential
(ground DGND)
Housing
Ground connector
CM 1243-5
Table1-150
Technical specifications of the CM 1243‑5
Technical specifications
Order number
6GK7 243‑5DX30‑0XE0
Interfaces
Connection to PROFIBUS
9-pin D-sub female connector
Maximum current consumption on the PROFIBUS interface 15 mA at 5 V (only for bus termination) *)
when network components are connected (for example optical
network components)
Permitted ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
•
•
•
•
during storage
during transportation
during operation with a vertical installation (DIN rail
horizontal)
during operation with a horizontal installation (DIN rail
vertical)
•
•
•
•
-40 °C to 70 °C
-40 °C to 70 °C
0 °C to 55 °C
0 °C to 45 °C
Relative humidity at 25 °C during operation, without
condensation, maximum
95 %
Degree of protection
IP20
Power supply, current consumption and power loss
Type of power supply
DC
Power supply / external
24 V
•
•
minimum
maximum
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
•
•
19.2 V
28.8 V
105
Technical specifications
1.10 Communication interfaces
Technical specifications
Current consumption (typical)
•
•
from 24 V DC
from the S7‑1200 backplane bus
Effective power loss (typical)
•
•
from 24 V DC
from the S7‑1200 backplane bus
Power supply 24 VDC / external
•
•
•
Min. cable cross section
Max. cable cross section
Tightening torque of the screw terminals
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
100 mA
0 mA
2.4 W
0W
min.: 0.14 mm2 (AWG 25)
max.: 1.5 mm2 (AWG 15)
0.45 Nm (4 lb-in)
Dimensions and weights
•
•
•
Width
Height
Depth
Weight
•
•
Net weight
Weight including packaging
•
•
•
•
•
30 mm
100 mm
75 mm
134 g
171 g
*)The current load of an external consumer connected between VP (pin 6) and DGND (pin 5) must not exceed a maximum of
15 mA (short-circuit proof) for bus termination.
Note
The CM 1243-5 (PROFIBUS master module) must receive power from the 24 VDC sensor supply of the
CPU.
PROFIBUS interface
106
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.10 Communication interfaces
Table1-151
1.10.2 GPRS
1.10.2.1
PROFIBUS
Pin
Pinout of the D-sub socket
Description
Pin
Description
1
- not used -
6
VP: Power supply +5 V only for bus
terminating resistors;
not for supplying external devices
2
- not used -
7
- not used -
3
RxD/TxD-P: Data line B
8
RxD/TxD-N: Data line A
4
CNTR‑P: RTS
9
- not used -
5
DGND: Ground for data signals
and VP
Housing
Ground connector
PROFIBUS cable
Note
Contacting the shield of the PROFIBUS cable
The shield of the PROFIBUS cable must be contacted.
To do this, strip the insulation from the end of the PROFIBUS cable and connect the shield to functional
earth.
1.10.2 GPRS
1.10.2.1
PROFIBUS
Note
S7-1200 PROFIBUS CMs and the GPRS CP are not approved for Maritime applications
The following modules do not have Maritime approval:
•
•
•
CM 1242-5 PROFIBUS Slave module
CM 1243-5 PROFIBUS Master module
CP 1242-7 GPRS module
Note
To use these modules, your CPU firmware must be V2.0 or higher.
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
107
Technical specifications
1.10 Communication interfaces
1.10.2.2
CP 1242-7
Table1-152
1.10.2.2 CP 1242-7
Technical specifications of the CP 1242-7
Technical specifications
Order number
6GK7 242‑7KX30‑0XE0
Wireless interface
Antenna connector
SMA socket
Nominal impedance
50 ohms
Wireless connection
Maximum transmit power
•
•
•
•
GSM 850, class 4: +33 dBm ±2dBm
GSM 900, class 4: +33 dBm ±2dBm
GSM 1800, class 1: +30 dBm ±2dBm
GSM 1900, class 1: +30 dBm ±2dBm
GPRS
Multislot class 10
device class B
coding scheme 1...4 (GMSK)
SMS
Mode outgoing: MO
service: point-to-point
Permitted ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
•
•
•
•
during storage
during transportation
during operation with a vertical installation (DIN rail
horizontal)
during operation with a horizontal installation (DIN rail
vertical)
•
•
•
•
-40 °C to 70 °C
-40 °C to 70 °C
0 °C to 55 °C
0 °C to 45 °C
Relative humidity at 25 °C during operation, without
condensation, maximum
95 %
Degree of protection
IP20
Power supply, current consumption and power loss
Type of power supply
DC
Power supply / external
24 V
•
•
minimum
maximum
Current consumption (typical)
•
•
108
from 24 V DC
from the S7‑1200 backplane bus
•
•
•
•
19.2 V
28.8 V
100 mA
0 mA
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.10 Communication interfaces
Technical specifications
Effective power loss (typical)
•
•
from 24 V DC
from the S7‑1200 backplane bus
24 V DC power supply
•
•
•
Min. cable cross section
Max. cable cross section
Tightening torque of the screw terminals
•
•
•
•
•
2.4 W
0W
min.: 0.14 mm2 (AWG 25)
max.: 1.5 mm2 (AWG 15)
0.45 Nm (4 lb-in)
Dimensions and weights
•
•
•
Width
Height
Depth
Weight
•
•
Net weight
Weight including packaging
•
•
•
•
•
30 mm
100 mm
75 mm
133 g
170 g
Technical specifications of the ANT794-4MR GSM/GPRS antenna
ANT794-4MR
Order number
6NH9860‑1AA00
Mobile wireless networks
GSM/GPRS
Frequency ranges
•
•
•
824 to 960 MHz (GSM 850, 900)
1 710 to 1 880 MHz (GSM 1 800)
1 900 to 2 200 MHz (GSM / UMTS)
Characteristics
omnidirectional
Antenna gain
0 dB
Impedance
50 ohms
Standing wave ratio (SWR)
< 2,0
Max. power
20 W
Polarity
linear vertical
Connector
SMA
Length of antenna cable
5m
External material
Hard PVC, UV-resistant
Degree of protection
IP20
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
109
Technical specifications
1.10 Communication interfaces
ANT794-4MR
Permitted ambient conditions
•
•
•
Operating temperature
Transport/storage temperature
Relative humidity
•
•
•
-40 °C through +70 °C
-40 °C through +70 °C
100 %
External material
Hard PVC, UV-resistant
Construction
Antenna with 5 m fixed cable and SMA male
connector
Dimensions (D x H) in mm
25 x 193
Weight
•
•
•
•
Antenna incl. cable
Fittings
Installation
310 g
54 g
With supplied bracket
Technical specifications of the flat antenna ANT794-3M
110
Order number
6NH9870‑1AA00
Mobile wireless networks
GSM 900
GSM 1800/1900
Frequency ranges
890 - 960 MHz
1710 - 1990 MHz
Standing wave ratio (VSWR)
≤ 2:1
≤ 1,5:1
Return loss (Tx)
≈ 10 dB
≈ 14 dB
Antenna gain
0 dB
Impedance
50 ohms
Max. power
10 W
Antenna cable
HF cable RG 174 (fixed) with SMA male connector
Cable length
1.2 m
Degree of protection
IP64
Permitted temperature range
-40°C to +75°C
Flammability
UL 94 V2
External material
ABS Polylac PA-765, light gray (RAL 7035)
Dimensions (W x L x H) in mm
70.5 x 146.5 x 20.5
Weight
130 g
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.10 Communication interfaces
1.10.3 CM 1243-2 AS-i Master
1.10.3 CM
1.10.3.1
Technical
1243-2 AS-i
data Master
for the AS-i master CM 1243-2
1.10.3.1
Technical data for the AS-i master CM 1243-2
Table1-153
Technical data for the AS‑i master CM 1243‑2
Technical data
Order number
3RK7243-2AA30-0XB0
Interfaces
Maximum current consumption
From the SIMATIC backplane bus
Max. 250 mA,
SIMATIC backplane bus supply voltage 5 V DC
From the AS-i cable
Max. 100 mA
Pin assignment
See section Electrical connections of the AS-i master CM
1243-2 (Page 112)
Conductor cross-section
0.2 mm² (AWG 24) ... 3.3 mm² (AWG 12)
ASI connector tightening torque
0.56 Nm
Permissible ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
During storage
During transport
-40 °C ... 70 °C
-40 °C ... 70 °C
During the operating phase, with vertical installation
(horizontal standard mounting rail)
0 °C ... 55 °C
During the operating phase, with horizontal installation
(vertical standard mounting rail)
0 °C ... 45 °C
Relative humidity at 25 °C during operating phase, no
condensation, maximum
95 %
Degree of protection
IP20
Power supply, current consumption, power loss
Type of power supply
DC
Current consumption (typically)
200 mA
From the S7‑1200 backplane bus
Power loss (typically)
From the S7‑1200 backplane bus
2.4 W from AS-i
0.5 W
Dimensions and weights
Width
30 mm
Height
100 mm
Depth
75 mm
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
111
Technical specifications
1.10 Communication interfaces
1.10.3.2 Electrical connections of the AS-i master CM 1243-2
Technical data
Weight
122 g
Net weight
Weight including packaging
1.10.3.2
159 g
Electrical connections of the AS-i master CM 1243-2
Power supply of the AS‑i master CM 1243‑2
The AS‑i master CM 1243‑2 is supplied over the communications bus of the S7-1200. This means that a
diagnostics message can still be sent to the S7-1200 following failure of the AS‑i supply voltage. The
connection to the communications bus is on the right-hand side of the AS‑i master CM 1243‑2.
AS‑Interface terminals
The removable terminal for connecting the AS‑i cable is located behind the lower cover on the front of
the AS-i master CM 1243‑2.
If the AS‑i shaped cable is used, you can recognize the correct polarity of the cable by means of the
symbol
.
Information on how to remove and re-install the terminal block can be found in the system manual
"SIMATIC S7‑1200 Programmable Controller" (Order No.: 6ES7298‑8FA30‑8AH0).
112
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.10 Communication interfaces
1.10.4 RS232,
1.10.4.1
CB 1241
RS422,
RS485
and
Specifications
RS485
Note
Maximum current carrying capacity of the terminal contacts
The current carrying capacity of the connection contacts is max. 8 A. If this value is exceeded on the ASi cable, the AS-i master CM 1243-2 must not be "looped in" to the AS-i cable, but must instead be
connected via a spur line (only one connection pair assigned on the AS-i master CM 1243-2).
You will find additional information on connecting the AS‑i cable in the section "Installation, connection
and commissioning of the modules" in the manual "AS-i Master CM 1243-2 and AS-i data decoupling unit
DCM 1271 for SIMATIC S7-1200".
Terminal assignment
Label
Meaning
ASI+
AS‑i connection – positive polarity
ASI–
AS‑i connection – negative polarity
Functional ground
1.10.4 RS232, RS422, and RS485
1.10.4.1
CB 1241 RS485 Specifications
Note
To use this CB, your CPU firmware must be V2.0 or higher.
Table1-154
General specifications
Technical data
CB 1241 RS485
Order number
6ES7 241-1CH30-1XB0
Dimensions
38 x 62 x 21
Weight
40 grams
Table1-155
Transmitter and receiver
Technical data
CB 1241 RS485
Type
RS485 (2-wire half-duplex)
Common mode voltage range
-7 V to +12 V, 1 second, 3 VRMS continuous
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
113
Technical specifications
1.10 Communication interfaces
Technical data
CB 1241 RS485
Transmitter differential output voltage
2 V min. at RL = 100 Ω
1.5 V min. at RL = 54 Ω
Termination and bias
10K to +5 V on B, RS485 Pin 3
10K to GND on A, RS485 Pin 4
Optional termination
Short Pin TB to Pin T/RB, effective termination impedance is 127 Ω,
connects to RS485 Pin 3
Short Pin TA to Pin T/RA, effective termination impedance is 127 Ω,
connects to RS485 Pin 4
Receiver input impedance
5.4K Ω min. including termination
Receiver threshold/sensitivity
+/- 0.2 V min., 60 mV typical hysteresis
Isolation
RS485 signal to chassis ground
RS485 signal to CPU logic common
500 VAC, 1 minute
Cable length, shielded
1000 m max.
Baud rate
300 baud, 600 baud, 1.2 kbits, 2.4 kbits, 4.8 kbits, 9.6 kbits (default),
19.2 kbits, 38.4 kbits, 57.6 kbits, 76.8 kbits, 115.2 kbits,
Parity
No parity (default), even, odd, Mark (parity bit always set to 1), Space
(parity bit always set to 0)
Number of stop bits
1 (default), 2
Flow control
Not supported
Wait time
0 to 65535 ms
Table1-156
Power supply
Technical data
CB 1241 RS485
Power loss (dissipation)
1.5 W
Current consumption (SM Bus), max.
50 mA
Current consumption (24 VDC) max.
80 mA
CB 1241 RS485 (6ES7 241-1CH30-1XB0)
114
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.10 Communication interfaces
1.10.4.2 CM 1241 RS485 Specifications
① Connect "TA" and TB" as shown to terminate the network. (Terminate only the end devices on the
RS485 network.)
② Use shielded twisted pair cable and connect the cable shield to ground.
You terminate only the two ends of the RS485 network. The devices in between the two end devices are
not terminated or biased. See the section on "Biasing and terminating an RS485 network connector".
1.10.4.2
CM 1241 RS485 Specifications
Table1-157
General specifications
Technical data
CM 1241 RS485
Order number
6ES7 241-1CH30-0XB0
Dimensions
30 x 100 x 75 mm
Weight
150 grams
Table1-158
Transmitter and receiver
Technical data
CM 1241 RS485
Type
RS485 (2-wire half-duplex)
Common mode voltage range
-7 V to +12 V, 1 second, 3 VRMS continuous
Transmitter differential output voltage
2 V min. at RL = 100 Ω
1.5 V min. at RL = 54 Ω
Termination and bias
10K Ω to +5 V on B, PROFIBUS Pin 3
10K Ω to GND on A, PROFIBUS Pin 8
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
115
Technical specifications
1.10 Communication interfaces
Technical data
CM 1241 RS485
Receiver input impedance
5.4K Ω min. including termination
Receiver threshold/sensitivity
+/- 0.2 V min., 60 mV typical hysteresis
Isolation
RS485 signal to chassis ground
RS485 signal to CPU logic common
500 VAC, 1 minute
Cable length, shielded
1000 m max.
Baud rate
300 baud, 600 baud, 1.2 kbits, 2.4 kbits, 4.8 kbits, 9.6 kbits (default),
19.2 kbits, 38.4 kbits, 57.6 kbits, 76.8 kbits, 115.2 kbits,
Parity
No parity (default), even, odd, Mark (parity bit always set to 1), Space
(parity bit always set to 0)
Number of stop bits
1 (default), 2
Flow control
Not supported
Wait time
0 to 65535 ms
Table1-159
Power supply
Technical data
CM 1241 RS485
Power loss (dissipation)
1.1 W
From +5 VDC
220 mA
Table1-160
RS485 connector (female)
Pin
Description
Connector
(female)
Pin
Description
1
Not connected
6 PWR
+5V with 100 ohm series resistor: Output
2
Not connected
7
Not connected
3 TxD+
Signal B (RxD/TxD+): Input/Output
8 TXD-
Signal A (RxD/TxD-): Input/Output
4 RTS 1
Request to send (TTL level): Output
9
Not connected
5 GND
Logic or communication ground
SHELL
Chassis ground
1
The RTS is a TTL level signal and can be used to control another half duplex device based on this signal. It is enabled when
you transmit and is disabled all other times. Unlike with the CM 1241 RS232, there is no user control of this signal on the CM
1241 RS485. You cannot set it manually or cause it to be extended.
116
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.10 Communication interfaces
1.10.4.3
CM 1241 RS232 Specifications
Table1-161
1.10.4.3 CM 1241 RS232 Specifications
General specifications
Technical data
CM 1241 RS232
Order number
6ES7 241-1AH30-0XB0
Dimensions
30 x 100 x 75 mm
Weight
150 grams
Table1-162
Transmitter and receiver
Technical data
CM 1241 RS232
Type
RS232 (full-duplex)
Transmitter output voltage
+/- 5 V min. at RL = 3K Ω
Transmit output voltage
+/- 15 VDC max.
Receiver input impedance
3 K Ω min.
Receiver threshold/sensitivity
0.8 V min. low, 2.4 max. high
0.5 V typical hysteresis
Receiver input voltage
+/- 30VDC max.
Isolation
RS 232 signal to chassis ground
RS 232 signal to CPU logic common
500 VAC, 1 minute
Cable length, shielded
10 m max.
Baud rate
300 baud, 600 baud, 1.2 kbits, 2.4 kbits, 4.8 kbits, 9.6 kbits (default),
19.2 kbits, 38.4 kbits, 57.6 kbits, 76.8 kbits, 115.2 kbits,
Parity
No parity (default), even, odd, Mark (parity bit always set to 1), Space
(parity bit always set to 0)
Number of stop bits
1 (default), 2
Flow control
Hardware, software
Wait time
0 to 65535 ms
Table1-163
Power supply
Technical data
CM 1241 RS232
Power loss (dissipation)
1.1 W
From +5 VDC
220 mA
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
117
Technical specifications
1.10 Communication interfaces
Table1-164
RS232 connector (male)
Pin
Description
1.10.4.4 CM 1241 RS422/485 Specifications
Connector
(male)
Pin
Description
1 DCD
Data carrier detect: Input
6 DSR
Data set ready: Input
2 RxD
Received data from DCE: Input
7 RTS
Request to send: Output
3 TxD
Transmitted data to DCE: Output
8 CTS
Clear to send: Input
4 DTR
Data terminal ready: Output
9 RI
Ring indicator (not used)
5 GND
Logic ground
SHELL
Chassis ground
1.10.4.4
CM 1241 RS422/485 Specifications
CM 1241 RS422/485 Specifications
Table1-165
General specifications
Technical data
CM 1241 RS422/485
Order number
6ES7 241-1CH31-0XB0
Dimensions
30 x 100 x 75 mm
Weight
155 grams
Table1-166
Transmitter and receiver
Technical data
CM 1241 RS422/485
Type
RS422 or RS485, 9-pin sub D female connector
Common mode voltage range
-7 V to +12 V, 1 second, 3 VRMS continuous
Transmitter differential output voltage
2 V min. at RL = 100 Ω
1.5 V min. at RL = 54 Ω
Termination and bias
10K Ω to +5 V on B, PROFIBUS Pin 3
10K Ω to GND on A, PROFIBUS Pin 8
Internal bias options provided, or no internal bias. In all cases, external
termination is required (see Chapter 12, Communcations Protocols,
page xxx)
Receiver input impedance
5.4K Ω min. including termination
Receiver threshold/sensitivity
+/- 0.2 V min., 60 mV typical hysteresis
Isolation
RS485 signal to chassis ground
RS485 signal to CPU logic common
500 VAC, 1 minute
118
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.10 Communication interfaces
Technical data
CM 1241 RS422/485
Cable length, shielded
1000 m max. (baud rate dependent)
Baud rate
300 baud, 600 baud, 1.2 kbits, 2.4 kbits, 4.8 kbits, 9.6 kbits (default),
19.2 kbits, 38.4 kbits, 57.6 kbits, 76.8 kbits, 115.2 kbits,
Parity
No parity (default), even, odd, Mark (parity bit always set to 1), Space
(parity bit always set to 0)
Number of stop bits
1 (default), 2
Flow control
XON/XOFF supported for the RS422 mode
Wait time
0 to 65535 ms
Table1-167
Power supply
Technical data
CM 1241 RS422/485
Power loss (dissipation)
1.2 W
From +5 VDC
240 mA
Table1-168
RS485 or RS422 connector (female)
Pin
Description
1
Pin
Description
Logic or communication ground
6 PWR
+5V with 100 ohm series resistor: Output
2 TxD+ 1
Connected for RS422
Not used for RS485: Output
7
Not connected
3 TxD+
Signal B (RxD/TxD+): Input/Output
8 TXD-
Signal A (RxD/TxD-): Input/Output
4 RTS 2
Request to send (TTL level) Output
9 TXD- 1
Connected for RS422
Not used for RS485: Output
5 GND
Logic or communication ground
SHELL
Chassis ground
1 Pins
Connector
(female)
Figure1-1
2 and 9 are only used as transmit signals for RS422.
2
The RTS is a TTL level signal and can be used to control another half duplex device based on this signal. It is active when
you transmit and is inactive all other times.
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
119
Technical specifications
1.13 Input simulators
1.11
TeleService
1.11 SIMATIC
1.11.1
1.12
1.13
TeleService
Input
TeleService
simulators
memory cards
1.11.1 TeleService
The following manuals contain the technical specification for the TS Adapter IE Basic and the TS Adapter
modular:
•
•
1.12
1.13
Industrial Software Engineering Tools
Modular TS Adapter
Industrial Software Engineering Tools
TS Adapter IE Basic
SIMATIC memory cards
Order Number
Capacity
6ES7 954-8LF01-0AA0
24 MB
6ES7 954-8LE01-0AA0
12 MB
6ES7 954-8LB01-0AA0
2 MB
Input simulators
Table1-169
General specifications
Technical data
8 Position Simulator
14 Position Simulator
Order number
6ES7 274-1XF30-0XA0
6ES7 274-1XH30-0XA0
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
43 x 35 x 23
67 x 35 x 23
Weight
20 grams
30 grams
Points
8
14
Used with CPU
CPU 1211C, CPU 1212C
CPU 1214C
Warning
These input simulators are not approved for use in Class I DIV 2 or Class I Zone 2 hazardous locations.
The switches present a potential spark hazard/explosion hazard if used in a Class I DIV 2 or Class I Zone
2 location.
120
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical specifications
1.14 I/O expansion cable
1.14 I/O expansion cable
8 Position Simulator (6ES7 274-1XF30-0XA0)
① 24 VDC sensor power out
14 Position Simulator (6ES7 274-1XF30-0XA0)
① 24 VDC sensor power
out
1.14
I/O expansion cable
Technical Data
Order number
6ES7 290-6AA30-0XA0
Cable length
2m
Weight
200 g
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
121
Technical specifications
1.15 Companion products
Refer to the installation section for information about installing and removing the S7-1200 expansion
cable.
1.15 Companion
1.15.1
1.15.2
PM 1207
CSM
1277power
products
compact
module
switch module
1.15
Companion products
1.15.1 PM 1207 power module
The PM 1207 is a power supply module for the SIMATIC S7-1200. It provides the following features:
•
•
Input 120/230 VAC, output 24 VDC/2.5A
Order number 6ESP 332-1SH71
For more information about this product and for the product documentation, refer to the customer support
web site.
1.15.2 CSM 1277 compact switch module
The CSM1277 is an Industrial Ethernet compact switch module. It can be used to multiply the Ethernet
interface of the S7-1200 to allow simultaneous communication with operator panels, programming
devices, or other controllers. It provides the following features:
•
•
•
•
4 x RJ45 sockets for connecting to Industrial Ethernet
3 pole plug in terminal strip for connection of the external 24 VDC supply on top
LEDs for diagnostics and status display of Industrial Ethernet ports
Order number 6GK7 277-1AA00-0AA0
For more information about this product and for the product documentation, refer to the customer support
web site.
122
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
2
2 Technical
2.1
Performance
data features
Technical data
2.1
Performance features
Table2-1
Performance features of 3RV2 motor starter protectors
Feature
3RV20
3RV21
3RV23
3RV24
3RV27
3RV28
System protection
✓1)
✓1)
--
--
✓
✓
Motor protection
✓
--
--
--
--
--
Motor protection with overload
relay function
--
✓
--
--
--
--
Starter combinations
--
--
✓
--
--
--
Transformer protection
--
--
--
✓
✓
✓
Applications
•
•
•
•
•
Size
S00, S0
S00, S0
S00, S0
S00, S0
S00
S00
Rated current I n
•
•
Size S00
A Up to 16
Up to 16
Up to 16
Up to 16
Up to 15
Up to 15
Size S0
A Up to 40
Up to 32
Up to 40
Up to 25
--
--
V 690 AC2)
690 AC2)
690 AC2)
690 AC2)
AC 690
AC 690
50 / 60
50 / 60
50 / 60
50 / 60
50 / 60
CLASS 10
--
CLASS 10
--
--
0.11 to 0.16
to
27 to 32
Without3)
0.11 to 0.16
to
20 to 25
0.16 ... 15
fixed setting
0.16 to 15
fixed setting
13x
13x
20x
13x
20x
Rated operational voltage U e
acc. to IEC
Rated frequency
Tripping class
Thermal overload release
Overcurrent release
Multiple of the rated current
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Hz 50 / 60
CLASS 10
A 0.11 to 0.16
to
34 to 40
13x
123
Technical data
2.2 3RV2 motor starter protectors
2.2 3RV2 motor starter protectors
Feature
3RV20
Short-circuit breaking capacity
I cu at 400 V AC
kA 20 / 55 /
100
3RV21
3RV23
3RV24
55 / 100
20 / 55 / 100 55 / 100
3RV27
3RV28
4)
4)
✓ = Supports this function
-- = Does not support this function
1)
If all 3 phases are under symmetrical load
2) With
molded-plastic enclosure 500 V AC
3) Appropriate
4) Acc.
2.2
overload relays must be provided for motor overload protection
to UL 489 at 480 V/277 V AC: 65 kA
3RV2 motor starter protectors
Type
3RV2. 1
3RV2. 2
Size
S00
S0
Width
45 mm
45 mm
Standards
•
•
•
•
IEC 60947‑1, EN 60947‑1 (VDE 0660 Part 100)
Yes
IEC 60947‑2, EN 60947‑2 (VDE 0660 Part 101)
Yes
IEC 60947‑4‑1, EN 60947‑4‑1 (VDE 0660 Part 102)
Yes
UL 489, CSA C22.2‑No.5‑02
Yes
Number of poles
3
Max. rated current I n max (= max. rated operational current I e ) A
16
40
Permissible ambient temperature
•
•
Storage/transport
°C
–50 ... +80
... 32 A
°C
–20 ... +701)
36 to 40 A
°C
-20 ... +40
+60 °C
%
100
+70 °C
%
87
+35 °C
%
100
+60 °C
%
87
Operation
Permissible rated current at internal cubicle temperature
•
•
Motor starter protector in enclosure ≤ 32 A
Permissible rated current at housing ambient temperature
•
•
Rated operational voltage U e
124
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
2.2 3RV2 motor starter protectors
Type
3RV2. 1
3RV2. 2
Size
S00
S0
Width
45 mm
45 mm
•
•
acc. to IEC
V AC
6902)
acc. to UL/CSA
V AC
600
Rated frequency
Hz
50 / 60
Rated insulation voltage U i
V
690
Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp
kV
6
Utilization category
•
•
IEC 60947‑2 (motor starter protectors)
A
IEC 60947‑4‑1 (motor starters)
AC-3
Tripping class CLASS acc. to IEC 60947‑4‑1
10
Direct current short-circuit breaking capacity(time constant t = 5 ms)
•
•
•
1 current path 150 V DC
kA
10
2 current paths in series 300 V DC
kA
10
3 current paths in series 450 V DC
kA
10
Power loss Pv per motor starter
protector dependent upon rated
current In (upper setting range)
In: ... 0.63 A
W
5
In: 0.8 to 6.3 A
W
6
Rper current path = P/I2 x 3
In: 8 to 16 A
W
7
In: ... 16 A
--
7
In: 20 to 25 A
W
--
8
In: 28 to 32 A
W
--
11
In: ... 40 A
W
Shock resistance acc. to IEC 60068‑2‑27
g/ms
14
25/11 (rectangular pulse and sine pulse)
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60529
IP203)
Touch protection acc. to DIN EN 50274
Finger-safe
Temperature compensation acc. to IEC 60947‑4‑1
°C
–20 ... +60
Phase loss sensitivity acc. to IEC 60947‑4‑1
Yes
Explosion protection – safe operation of motors with "increased safety"
explosion protection type
Yes for 3RV20
•
EC type examination certificate number conforming to Directive 94/9/ On request
EC (ATEX)
Isolating function acc. to IEC 60947‑2
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Yes
125
Technical data
2.3 Rated data for auxiliary and signaling switches
2.3 Rated data for auxiliary and signaling switches
Type
3RV2. 1
3RV2. 2
Size
S00
S0
Width
45 mm
45 mm
Main and EMERGENCY OFF switch characteristics 4)
acc. to IEC 60204‑1 (VDE 0113)
Yes
Protective separation between the main circuit and the auxiliary circuit necessary for PELV applicationsacc. to
DIN EN 60947‑1
•
•
Up to 400 V + 10%
Yes
Up to 415 V + 5% (higher voltage on request)
Yes
Permissible mounting position
Any, acc. to IEC 60447 start command "I" right or
top
Mechanical durability
Operating cycles 100 000
Electrical durability
Operating cycles 100 000
Max. switching frequency per hour (motor starts)
1)
Current reduction above +60 °C
2)
With molded-plastic enclosure 500 V
1/h
15
3)
Terminal compartment IP00 (exception: 3RV20 11-..2. motor starter protectors with spring-loaded terminals, degree of
protection IP20)
4)
With appropriate accessories
2.3
Rated data for auxiliary and signaling switches
Type 3RV29
Lateral auxiliary switch with
1 NO + 1 NC, 2 NO, 2 NC,
2 NO + NC
Signaling
switch
Transverse auxiliary switch with
1 CO contact
1 NO + 1 NC, 2 NO
Max. rated voltage
•
•
Acc. to NEMA (UL)
V AC
600
250
Acc. to NEMA (CSA) V AC
600
250
Continuous current
Switching capacity
126
A
10
10
1 NO + 1 NC, 2 NO, 2 NC: A600, A600,
Q300;
Q300
2 NO + 2 NC: A300, Q300
5
2.5
B600, R300
C300, R300
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
2.5 Auxiliary switches, transverse, solid-state compatible
2.4
Auxiliary switches, front-mounted, transverse
2.4 Auxiliary switches, transverse,
2.5
front-mounted,
solid-state
transverse
compatible
Switching capacity for different voltages
1 CO contact
1 NO + 1 NC, 2 NO
Rated operational current Ie
•
•
•
AC-15, alternating voltage
- 24 V
A
4
2
- 230 V
A
3
0.5
- 400 V
A
1.5
--
- 690 V
A
0.5
--
AC‑12 = Ith, alternating voltage
- 24 V
A
10
2.5
- 230 V
A
10
2.5
- 400 V
A
10
--
- 690 V
A
10
--
DC-13, direct voltage L/R 200 ms
- 24 V
A
1
1
- 48 V
A
--
0.3
- 60 V
A
--
0.15
- 110 V
A
0.22
--
- 220 V
A
0.1
--
V
17
mA
1
Minimum load capacity
2.5
Auxiliary switches, transverse, solid-state compatible
1 CO contact
Rated operational voltage Ue alternating voltage
V
125
Rated operational current Ie/AC‑14 at Ue = 125 V
A
0.1
Rated operational voltage Ue direct voltage L/R 200 ms
V
60
Rated operational current Ie /DC‑13 at Ue = 60 V
A
0.3
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
127
Technical data
2.7 Auxiliary releases
2.6 Auxiliary releases
2.7
switches, lateral and signaling switches
1 CO contact
Minimum load capacity
2.6
V
5
mA
1
Auxiliary switches, lateral and signaling switches
Switching capacity for different voltages:
Lateral auxiliary switch 1 NO + 1 NC, 2 NO, 2 NC, 2 NO +2 NC;
signaling switch
Rated operational current I e
•
•
•
AC-15, alternating voltage
- 24 V
A
6
- 230 V
A
4
- 400 V
A
3
- 690 V
A
1
- 24 V
A
10
- 230 V
A
10
- 400 V
A
10
- 690 V
A
10
- 24 V
A
2
- 110 V
A
0.5
- 220 V
A
0.25
- 440 V
A
0.1
V
17
mA
1
AC‑12 = Ith, alternating voltage
DC, direct voltage L/R 200 ms
Minimum load capacity
2.7
Auxiliary releases
Undervoltage release
Shunt release
Power input
128
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
2.9 Conductor cross-sections main circuit
2.8 Conductor
2.9
Short-circuitcross-sections
protection for main
auxiliary
circuit
and control circuits
•
•
Undervoltage release
Shunt release
During pick-up
- Alternating voltages
VA/W
20.2 / 13
20.2 / 13
- Direct voltages
W
20
13 ... 80
- Alternating voltages
VA/W
7.2 / 2.4
--
- Direct voltages
W
2.1
--
Tripping
V
0.35 to 0.7 x Us
0.7 to 1.1 x Us
Pick-up
V
0.85 to 1.1 x Us
--
ms
20
During continuous operation
Response voltage
•
•
Maximum opening time
2.8
Short-circuit protection for auxiliary and control circuits
Undervoltage release
gL/gG melting fuses
A
10
Miniature circuit breaker, C characteristic
A
61)
1)
Shunt release
Prospective short-circuit current < 0.4 kA
2.9
Conductor cross-sections main circuit
Type
3RV2.11
3RV2.21
3RV27 11,
3RV28 11
Size
S00
S0
S00
Width
45 mm
45 mm
45 mm
Connection type
Screw connection
M3, Pozidriv size 2
M4, Pozidriv size 2
M4 Pozidriv size 2
•
•
•
•
Connection screw
Operating tool
mm
∅ 5 to 6
∅ 5 to 6
∅ 5 to 6
Specified tightening torque
Nm
0.8 to 1.2
2 to 2.5
2.5 to 3
Conductor cross-sections (min./max.), 1-wire or 2-wire connection possible
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
129
Technical data
2.9 Conductor cross-sections main circuit
Type
3RV2.11
3RV2.21
3RV27 11,
3RV28 11
Size
S00
S0
S00
Width
45 mm
45 mm
45 mm
- Solid
mm2
2 x (0.75 to 2.5)1),
2x4
2 x (1 to 2.5)1),
2 x (2.5 to 10)1)
1 ... 10,
max. 2 x 10
- Stranded
mm2
2 x (0.75 to 2.5)1),
2x4
2 x (1 to 2.5)1),
2 x (2.5 to 10)1)
1.5 ... 25,
max. 10 + 25
- Finely stranded mm2
with end sleeve
(DIN 46228 Part
1)
2 x (0.5 to 1.5)1),
2 x (0.75 to 2.5)1)
2 x (1 to 2.5)1),
2 x (2.5 to 6)1)
1 x 10
1 ... 16,
max. 6 + 16
- AWG cables,
AWG
solid or stranded
2 x (18 to 14)1), 2 x 12
2 x (16 to 12)1),
2 x (14 to 8)1)
2 x (14 to 10)
Connection type
•
•
Operating tool
Spring-loaded terminals
mm
Conductor cross-sections (min./max.), 1-wire or 2-wire connection possible
- Solid
2 x (0.5 to 4)
2 x (1 to 10)
--
- Finely stranded mm2
with end sleeve
2 x (0.5 to 2.5)
2 x (1 to 6)
--
- Finely stranded mm2
without end
sleeve
2 x (0.5 to 2.5)
2 x (1 to 6)
--
- AWG cables,
AWG
solid or stranded
2 x (20 to 12)
2 x (18 to 8)
--
3.6
3.6
--
M3, Pozidriv size 2
M4, Pozidriv size 2
--
Max. outer diameter of the
conductor insulation
mm2
mm
Connection type
•
•
•
130
∅ 3.0 x 0.5; ∅ 3.5 x 0.5
Ring cable lug connection
Connection screw
Operating tool
mm
∅ 5 to 6
∅ 5 to 6
--
Specified tightening torque
Nm
0.8 to 1.2
2 to 2.5
--
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
2.10 Conductor cross-sections auxiliary and control circuits
2.10 Conductor cross-sections auxiliary and control circuits
Type
3RV2.11
3RV2.21
3RV27 11,
3RV28 11
Size
S00
S0
S00
Width
45 mm
45 mm
45 mm
d22) = min. 3.2,
d22) = min. 4.3,
--
Usable ring cable lugs
•
•
•
•
•
•
mm
DIN 46234 without insulating sleeve
d3
2)
= max. 7.5
d32) = max. 12.2
DIN 46225 without insulating sleeve
DIN 46237 with insulating sleeve
JIS C2805 type R without insulating
sleeve
JIS C2805 type RAV with insulating
sleeve
JIS C2805 type RAP with insulating
sleeve
1)
If two different conductor cross-sections are being connected to one clamping point, both cross-sections must be located in
the range indicated. If identical cross-sections are used, this restriction does not apply.
2)
2.10
Conductor cross-sections auxiliary and control circuits
Type
3RV2.11
3RV2.21
3RV27 11,
3RV28 11
Size
S00
S0
S00
Width
45 mm
45 mm
45 mm
Connection type
Screw connection
Connection screw
M3, Pozidriv size 2
Operating tool
mm
∅ 5 ... 6
Specified tightening torque
Nm
0.8 to 1.2
Conductor cross-sections (min./max.), 1-wire or 2-wire connection possible
•
Solid or stranded
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
mm2
2 x (0.5 to 1.5)1), 2 x (0.75 to 2.5)1)
131
Technical data
2.10 Conductor cross-sections auxiliary and control circuits
Type
3RV2.11
3RV2.21
3RV27 11,
3RV28 11
Size
S00
S0
S00
Width
45 mm
45 mm
45 mm
•
•
Finely stranded with end sleeve
(DIN 46228 Part 1)
mm2
2 x (0.5 to 1.5)1), 2 x (0.75 to 2.5)1)
AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG
2 x (18 to 14)1), 2 x (20 to 16)1)
Connection type
Operating tool
Spring-loaded terminals
mm
∅ 3.0 x 0.5 ∅ 3.5 x 0.5
Conductor cross-sections (min./max.), 1-wire or 2-wire connection possible
•
•
•
•
Solid
mm2
2 x (0.5 to 2.5)
Finely stranded without end sleeve
mm2
2 x (0.5 to 1.5)
Finely stranded with end sleeve
(DIN 46228 Part 1)
mm2
2 x (0.5 to 1.5)
AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG
2 x (20 to 14)
mm
3.6
Max. outer diameter of the conductor
insulation
Connection type
Ring cable lug connection
Connection screw
M3, Pozidriv size 2
Operating tool
mm
∅ 5 to 6
Specified tightening torque
Nm
0.8 to 1.2
Usable ring cable lugs
mm
d22) = min. 3.2, d32) = max. 7.5
•
•
•
•
•
•
DIN 46234 without insulating sleeve
DIN 46225 without insulating sleeve
DIN 46237 with insulating sleeve
JIS C2805 type R without insulating sleeve
JIS C2805 type RAV with insulating sleeve
JIS C2805 type RAP with insulating sleeve
1)
If two different conductor cross-sections are being connected to one clamping point, both cross-sections must be located in
the range indicated. If identical cross-sections are used, this restriction does not apply.
2)
132
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
2.11 Short-circuit breaking capacity
2.11
Short-circuit breaking capacity
2.11 Short-circuit
2.11.1
Short-circuit
breaking
breaking
capacity
capacity for motor starter protectors
2.11.1 Short-circuit breaking capacity for motor starter protectors
Short-circuit breaking capacity Icu, Ics acc. to IEC 60947-2
The table lists the rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity Icu and the rated service short-circuit
breaking capacity Ics for 3RV2 motor starter protectors at different operating voltages dependent on the
rated current In of the protectors.
Power can be fed in to the motor starter protectors via the terminals at the top or at the bottom without
restricting the rated data. If the short-circuit current at the installation location exceeds the motor starter
protector's specified rated service short-circuit breaking capacity, you will need to use a backup fuse. It
is also possible to install an upstream motor starter protector with a limiter function.
The maximum rated current of this backup fuse is indicated in the tables. The rated ultimate short-circuit
breaking capacity then applies as specified on the fuse.
Table2-2
Short-circuit breaking capacity ICU, ICS acc. to IEC 60947‑2 - Part 1
Motor starter
protector
Rated current
In
Up to 240 V AC
Up to 400 V/415 V AC
Icu
Ics
Max. fuse (gL/gG)
Icu
Ics
Max. fuse (gL/gG)
Type
A
kA
kA
A
kA
kA
A
0.16 ... 1.25
100
100
-
100
100
-
1.6
100
100
-
100
100
-
2
100
100
-
100
100
-
2.5
100
100
-
100
100
-
3.2
100
100
-
100
100
-
4
100
100
-
100
100
-
5
100
100
-
100
100
-
6.3
100
100
-
100
100
-
8
100
100
-
100
100
-
10
100
100
-
100
100
-
12.5
100
100
-
100
100
-
16
100
100
-
55
30
100
Size S00
3RV2.1
Size S0
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
133
Technical data
2.11 Short-circuit breaking capacity
Motor starter
protector
Rated current
In
Up to 240 V AC
Up to 400 V/415 V AC
Icu
Ics
Max. fuse (gL/gG)
Icu
Ics
Max. fuse (gL/gG)
Type
A
kA
kA
A
kA
kA
A
3RV2.2
16
100
100
-
55
25
100
20
100
100
-
55
25
125
22
100
100
-
55
25
125
25
100
100
-
55
25
125
28
100
100
-
55
25
125
32
100
100
-
55
25
125
36
100
100
-
20
10
125
40
100
100
-
20
10
125
Table2-3
Short-circuit breaking capacity ICU, ICS acc. to IEC 60947‑2 - Part 2
Motor
starter
protector
Rated current
In
Up to 440 V /460 V AC
Up to 500 V /525 V AC
Up to 690 V AC
Icu
Ics
Max. fuse (gL/
gG)3)
Icu
Ics
Max. fuse (gL/gG)
Icu
Ics
Max.
fuse (gL/
gG)
Type
A
kA
kA
A
kA
kA
A
kA
kA
A
0.16 ... 1.25
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
1.6
100
100
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
2
100
100
-
100
100
-
10
10
25
2.5
100
100
-
100
100
-
10
10
25
3.2
100
100
-
100
100
-
10
10
32
4
100
100
-
100
100
-
6
4
32
5
100
100
-
100
100
-
6
4
32
6.3
100
100
-
100
100
-
6
4
50
8
50
50
63
42
42
63
6
4
50
10
50
50
80
42
42
63
6
4
50
12.5
50
50
80
42
42
80
6
4
63
16
50
10
80
10
5
80
4
4
63
Size S00
3RV2.1
Size S0
134
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
2.11 Short-circuit breaking capacity
2.11.2 Short-circuit breaking capacity for motor starter protectors in the IT system
Motor
starter
protector
Rated current
In
Up to 440 V /460 V AC
Up to 500 V /525 V AC
Up to 690 V AC
Icu
Ics
Max. fuse (gL/
gG)3)
Icu
Ics
Max. fuse (gL/gG)
Icu
Ics
Max.
fuse (gL/
gG)
Type
A
kA
kA
A
kA
kA
A
kA
kA
A
3RV2.2
16
50
10
80
10
5
80
4
2
63
20
50
10
80
10
5
80
4
2
63
22
50
10
100
10
5
80
4
2
63
25
50
10
100
10
5
80
4
2
63
28
30
10
125
10
5
100
4
2
100
32
30
10
125
10
5
100
4
2
100
36
12
8
125
6
3
100
3
2
100
40
12
8
125
6
3
100
3
2
100
2.11.2 Short-circuit breaking capacity for motor starter protectors in the IT system
Short-circuit breaking capacity IcuIT in the IT system
3RV2 motor starter protectors are suitable for use in IT systems. The values of Icu and Ics apply for the
three-pole short circuit. In the case of a double ground fault in different phases (input and output side of
a motor starter protector), the special short-circuit breaking capacity IcuIT applies. The specifications listed
in the table below apply for 3RV2 motor starter protectors.
In some ranges IcuIT is 100 kA and 50 kA respectively. As such the motor starter protectors are shortcircuit-proof in this range.
If the short-circuit current at the installation location exceeds the motor starter protector's specified rated
service short-circuit breaking capacity, you will need to use a backup fuse. The maximum rated current
of this backup fuse is indicated in the tables. The rated short-circuit breaking capacity then applies as
specified on the fuse.
Table2-4
Short-circuit breaking capacity IcuIT in the IT system part 1
Rated current In Up to 240 V AC
Up to 400 V2)/415 V3) AC
IcuIT
Max. fuse (gL/gG)4)
IcuIT
Max. fuse (gL/gG)4), 5)
kA
A
kA
A
0.16 ... 0.4
100
1)
100
1)
0.5
100
1)
100
1)
0.63
100
1)
100
1)
0.8
100
1)
100
1)
A
Size S00
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
135
Technical data
2.11 Short-circuit breaking capacity
Rated current In Up to 240 V AC
Up to 400 V2)/415 V3) AC
IcuIT
Max. fuse (gL/gG)4)
IcuIT
Max. fuse (gL/gG)4), 5)
A
kA
A
kA
A
1
100
1)
100
1)
1.25
100
1)
100
1)
1.6
100
1)
100
1)
2
100
1)
8
25
2.5
100
1)
8
25
3.2
100
1)
8
32
4
100
1)
4
32
5
100
1)
4
32
6.3
100
1)
4
50
8
100
1).
4
50
10
100
1)
4
50
12.5
100
1)
4
63
16
55
80
4
63
16
55
80
4
63
20
55
80
4
63
22
55
80
4
63
25
55
80
4
63
28
55
80
2
63
32
55
80
2
63
36
20
80
2
63
40
20
80
2
63
Size S0
1)
No backup fuse required, as short-circuit-proof up to 100 kA
2)
10 % overvoltage
3)
5 % overvoltage
4)
Backup fuse only required if short-circuit current at installation location is > IcuIT
5)
Alternatively, fuseless limiter combinations can be used for 690 V AC
136
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
2.11 Short-circuit breaking capacity
Table2-5
Rated current In
Short-circuit breaking capacity IcuIT in the IT system part 2
Up to 440 V2)/460 V3) AC
Up to 500 V2)/525 V3) AC
IcuIT
IcuIT
Max. fuse (gL/gG)
4), 5)
Up to 690 V6) AC
Max. fuse (gL/gG)4), 5) IcuIT
Max.
fuse (gL/gG)
4)
A
kA
A
kA
A
kA
A
0.16 ... 0.4
100
1)
100
1)
100
1)
0.5
100
1)
100
1)
0.5
4
0.63
100
1)
100
1)
0.5
6
0.8
100
1)
100
1)
0.5
6
1
8
10
8
10
2
10
1.25
8
16
8
16
2
16
1.6
8
20
8
20
2
16
2
8
25
8
25
2
20
2.5
8
25
8
25
2
20
3.2
8
32
8
32
2
25
4
2
32
2
32
2
25
5
2
32
2
32
2
25
6.3
2
40
2
40
1.5
35
8
2
40
2
40
1.5
35
10
2
40
2
40
1.5
40
12.5
2
50
2
50
1.5
40
16
2
50
2
50
1.5
40
16
2
50
2
50
1.5
40
20
2
50
2
50
1.5
50
22
2
50
2
50
1.5
50
25
2
50
2
50
1.5
50
28
2
63
2
63
1.5
63
32
2
63
2
63
1.5
63
36
2
63
2
63
1.5
63
Size S00
Size S0
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
137
Technical data
2.12 Permissible rated data of approved devices for North America
2.11.3
2.12
2.12.1
2.12.1.1
Permissible
Short-circuit
Approved
Approved
according
rated
according
breaking
data to
of
capacity
to
UL
approved
UL
508/CSA
508/CSA
for devices
motor
C22.2
C22.2
starter
for
No.
No.
North
14
protectors
14America
with limiter function
Rated current In
Up to 440 V2)/460 V3) AC
Up to 500 V2)/525 V3) AC
IcuIT
IcuIT
Max. fuse (gL/gG)
4), 5)
Up to 690 V6) AC
Max. fuse (gL/gG)4), 5) IcuIT
Max.
fuse (gL/gG)
4)
A
kA
A
kA
A
kA
A
40
2
63
2
63
1.5
63
1)
No backup fuse required, as short-circuit-proof up to 100 kA
2)
10 % overvoltage
3)
5 % overvoltage
4)
Backup fuse only required if short-circuit current at installation location is > IcuIT
5)
Alternatively, fuseless limiter combinations can be used for 690 V AC
6)
Overvoltage category II applies for applications in IT systems > 600 V
2.11.3 Short-circuit breaking capacity for motor starter protectors with limiter function
Short-circuit breaking capacity for motor starter protectors with limiter function for 500 V AC and 690 V AC according to
IEC 60947-2
The data for the short-circuit breaking capacity of motor starter protectors with limiter function can be
obtained on request on the Internet.
See also
2.12
→ Service & Support (http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support)
Permissible rated data of approved devices for North America
2.12.1 Approved according to UL 508/CSA C22.2 No. 14
2.12.1.1
Approved according to UL 508/CSA C22.2 No. 14
The motor starter protectors in the 3RV2 series are approved for UL/CSA and can be used conforming
to UL 508 and CSA C22.2 No.14 individually or as load feeders in conjunction with a contactor.
These motor starter protectors can be used as "Manual Motor Controller" for "Group Installations", as
"Manual Motor Controller Suitable for Tap Conductor Protection in Group Installations", and as "SelfProtected Combination Motor Controller (Type E)".
138
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
2.12 Permissible rated data of approved devices for North America
2.12.1.2
Horsepower data
Operating
current
2.12.1.2 Horsepower data
Voltage
115 V
1-phase
200/208 V
3-phase
1-phase
230/240 V
3-phase
460/480 V
575/600 V
1-phase
3-phase
1-phase
3-phase
1-phase
3-phase
3RV2011/3RV2111/3RV2311/3RV2411 size S00
0.11...0.16 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.14...0.2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.18...0.25 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.22..0.32
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.28...0.4
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.35...0.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.45...0.63 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.55...0.8
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.7...1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1/2
0.9...1.25
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1/2
-
1/2
1.1...1.6
-
-
-
-
1/10
-
-
3/4
-
3/4
1.4...2
-
-
-
-
1/8
-
-
3/4
-
1
1.8...2.5
-
-
1/6
1/2
1/6
1/2
-
1
-
1 1/2
2.2...3.2
1/10
-
1/6
1/2
1/4
3/4
-
1 1/2
-
2
2.8...4
1/8
-
1/4
3/4
1/3
3/4
-
2
-
3
3.5...5
1/6
1/2
1/3
1
1/2
1
-
3
-
3
4.4...6.3
1/4
1/2
1/2
1
1/2
1 1/2
-
3
-
5
5.5...8
1/3
3/4
3/4
2
1
2
-
5
-
5
7...10
1/2
1
1
2
1 1/2
3
-
5
-
7 1/2
9...12.5
1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
3
2
3
-
7 1/2
-
10
11...16
1
2
2
3
2
5
-
10
-
-
3RV2021/3RV2121/3RV2321/3RV2421 size S0
11...16
1
2
2
3
2
5
-
10
-
-
14...20
1 1/2
3
3
5
3
5
-
10
-
-
17...22
1 1/2
3
3
5
3
7 1/2
-
15
-
-
20...25
2
3
3
5 (200 V)
3
7 1/2 (208 V)
7 1/2
-
15
-
-
23...28
2
3
3
7 1/2
10
-
20
-
-
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
5
139
Technical data
2.12 Permissible rated data of approved devices for North America
2.12.1.3 "Manual motor controller", group installation
Operating
current
Voltage
115 V
200/208 V
230/240 V
460/480 V
575/600 V
1-phase
3-phase
1-phase
3-phase
1-phase
3-phase
1-phase
3-phase
1-phase
3-phase
27...32
2
5
3 (200 V)
5 (208 V)
7 1/2
(200 V)
10 (208 V)
5
10
-
20
-
-
30...36
3
5
5
10
5
10
-
25
-
-
34...40
3
5
5
10
7 1/2
10
-
30
-
-
2.12.1.3
"Manual motor controller", group installation
3RV2 motor starter protector as "Manual Motor Controller"
Upstream short-circuit protection is always implemented if the motor starter protector is used as a "Manual
Motor Controller". This requires approved fuses (according to UL 248) or a circuit breaker (according to
UL 489/CSA C22.2 No. 5-02). These devices must be dimensioned according to the National Electrical
Code (UL) or Canadian Electrical Code (CSA) installation regulation respectively.
The file numbers for the approval of the 3RV as a manual motor controller are as follows:
•
•
UL File No. 47705, CCN: NLRV
CSA Master Contract 165071, Product Class: 3211 05
Motor starter protector
Type
hp-rating1) for FLA2)
max.
V
1-phase
3-phase
115
1
2
200
2
3
230
2
5
460
--
10
575/600
--
10
Size S00
3RV20 11, 3RV21 11, 3RV23 11, 3RV24 11
FLA2) max. 16 A, 480 V
12.5 A, 600 V
Size S0
3RV20 21, 3RV21 23, 3RV23 21, 3RV 21, 3RV24 21
140
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
2.12 Permissible rated data of approved devices for North America
Motor starter protector
Type
FLA2) max.
1)hp-rating
2)FLA
40 A, 480 V
hp-rating1) for FLA2)
max.
V
1-phase
3-phase
115
3
5
200
5
10
230
7 1/2
10
460
--
30
575/600
--
--
= power in horse power (maximum motor power).
= Full Load Amps/motor full-load current
Rated current
240 V AC
480 V AC
600 V AC
UL
CSA
UL
CSA
UL
CSA
In
Ibc
Ibc
Ibc
Ibc
Ibc
Ibc
A
kA
kA
kA
kA
kA
kA
0.16 ... 1.25
65
65
65
65
30
30
1.6
65
65
65
65
30
30
2
65
65
65
65
30
30
2.5
65
65
65
65
30
30
3.2
65
65
65
65
30
30
4
65
65
65
65
30
30
5
65
65
65
65
30
30
6.3
65
65
65
65
30
30
8
65
65
65
65
30
30
10
65
65
65
65
30
30
12.5
65
65
65
65
30
30
16
65
65
65
65
-
-
20
65
65
65
65
-
-
22
65
65
65
65
-
-
25
65
65
65
65
-
-
28
65
65
50
50
-
-
32
65
65
50
50
-
-
36
65
65
12
12
-
-
Size S00
Size S0
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
141
Technical data
2.12 Permissible rated data of approved devices for North America
2.12.1.4 "Manual motor controller suitable for tap conductor protection in group installations"
Rated current
2.12.1.4
240 V AC
480 V AC
600 V AC
UL
CSA
UL
CSA
UL
CSA
In
Ibc
Ibc
Ibc
Ibc
Ibc
Ibc
A
kA
kA
kA
kA
kA
kA
40
65
65
12
12
-
-
"Manual motor controller suitable for tap conductor protection in group installations"
3RV20 motor starter protector as "Manual Motor Controller Suitable for Tap Conductor Protection in Group Installations"
The "Manual Motor Controller Suitable for Tap Conductor Protection in Group Installations" application
is only applicable in the case of UL.
The CSA does not recognize this approval! Upstream short-circuit protection is always implemented if
the motor starter protector is used as a "Manual Motor Controller Suitable for Tap Conductor Protection
in Group Installations". This requires approved fuses (according to UL 248) or a circuit breaker (according
to UL 489).
These devices must be dimensioned according to the National Electrical Code installation regulation.
3RV20 motor starter protectors are approved as "Manual Motor Controller Suitable for Tap Conductor
Protection in Group Installations" under the following file number:
•
UL File No. 47705, CCN: NLRV
Motor starter protector
Type
hp-rating1) for FLA2)
max.
V
1-phase
3-phase
115
1
2
200
2
3
230
2
5
460
--
10
575/600
--
10
Size S00
3RV20 11
FLA2) max. 16 A; 480 V
12.5 A; 600 V
Size S0
3RV20 21
142
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
2.12 Permissible rated data of approved devices for North America
Motor starter protector
hp-rating1) for FLA2)
max.
Type
V
1-phase
3-phase
FLA2) max.
115
2
5
200
3
7 1/2
230
5
10
460
--
20
575/600
--
--
32 A, 480 V
1)hp-rating
2)FLA
= power in horse power (maximum motor power).
= Full Load Amps/motor full-load current
Rated current
240 V AC
480 V/277 V AC
600 V/347 V AC
UL
UL
UL
In
Ibc
Ibc
Ibc
A
kA
kA
kA
0.16 ... 1.25
65
65
30
1.6
65
65
30
2
65
65
30
2.5
65
65
30
3.2
65
65
30
4
65
65
30
5
65
65
30
6.3
65
65
30
8
65
65
30
10
65
65
30
12.5
65
65
30
16
65
65
-
20
65
65
-
22
65
65
-
25
65
65
-
28
50
50
-
32
50
50
-
Size S00
Size S0
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
143
Technical data
2.12 Permissible rated data of approved devices for North America
2.12.1.5
"Self-protected combination motor controller
2.12.1.5 "Self-protected combination motor controller
3RV20 motor starter protector as "Self-Protected Combination Motor Controller (Type E)"
For approval according to UL 508, a clearance of 1 inch and a creepage distance of 2 inches are required
on the line side for a "Self-Protected Combination Motor Controller".
Therefore, 3RV20 motor starter protectors in size S00/S0 are approved according to UL 508 together with
the terminal block (order no. 3RV29 28‑1H) or phase barriers (order no. 3RV2928‑1K).
CSA approval does not require extended clearances and creepage distances. The terminal blocks or
phase barriers can, therefore, be omitted for use as a "Self-Protected Combination Motor Controller"
according to the CSA.
3RV20 motor starter protectors are approved as "Self-Protected Combination Motor Controller" under the
following file numbers:
•
•
UL File No. E156943, CCN: NKJH.
CSA Master Contract 165071, Product Class: 3211 08.
Motor starter protector
Type
hp-rating1) for FLA2)
max.
V
1-phase
3-phase
115
1
2
200
2
3
230
2
5
460
--
10
575 / 600
--
10
115
2
5
200
3
7 1/2
230
5
10
460
--
20
575/600
--
--
Size S00
3RV20 11
FLA2) max.
16 A, 480 V
12.5 A, 600 V
Size S0
3RV20 21
FLA2) max.
32 A, 480 V
1)hp-rating
2)FLA
144
= power in horse power (maximum motor power).
= Full Load Amps/motor full-load current
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
2.12 Permissible rated data of approved devices for North America
2.12.1.6 Connection data for 3RV29 28-1H terminal blocks
Rated current
240 V AC
480 V/277 V AC
600 V/347 V AC
UL
CSA
UL
CSA
UL
CSA
In
Ibc
Ibc
Ibc
Ibc
Ibc
Ibc
A
kA
kA
kA
kA
kA
kA
0.16 ... 1.25
65
65
65
65
30
30
1.6
65
65
65
65
30
30
2
65
65
65
65
30
30
2.5
65
65
65
65
30
30
3.2
65
65
65
65
30
30
4
65
65
65
65
30
30
5
65
65
65
65
30
30
6.3
65
65
65
65
30
30
8
65
65
65
65
30
30
10
65
65
65
65
30
30
12.5
65
65
65
65
30
30
16
65
65
65
65
-
-
20
65
65
65
65
-
-
22
65
65
65
65
-
-
25
65
65
65
65
-
-
28
50
50
50
50
-
-
32
50
50
50
50
-
-
Size S00
Size S0
2.12.1.6
Connection data for 3RV29 28-1H terminal blocks
Table2-6
Connection data for 3RV29 28-1H terminal blocks
Type
Specified tightening torque
3RV29 28-1H
Nm
2.5 to 3
Solid
mm²
1 to 10
Finely stranded with end sleeve
mm²
1 to 16
Conductor cross-sections
Front clamping point connected
•
•
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
145
Technical data
2.12 Permissible rated data of approved devices for North America
2.12.2 Approval as "circuit breaker" according to UL 489/CSA C 22.2 No. 5-02
Type
•
•
3RV29 28-1H
Stranded
mm²
2.5 to 25
AWG cables, solid or stranded
mm²
14 to 3
Connection screw
M4
Rear clamping point connected
•
•
•
•
Solid
mm²
1 ... 10
Finely stranded with end sleeve
mm²
1 to 16
Stranded
mm²
1.5 ... 25
AWG cables, solid or stranded
mm²
16 to 3
Connection screw
M4
Both clamping points connected
•
Front clamping point:
- Solid
mm²
1 to 10
- Finely stranded with end sleeve
mm²
1 to 10
- Stranded
mm²
2.5 to 10
- AWG cables, solid or stranded
mm²
14 to 6
- Connection screw
•
Rear clamping point:
- Solid
mm²
1 to 10
- Finely stranded with end sleeve
mm²
1 to 10
- Stranded
mm²
5 ... 25
- AWG cables, solid or stranded
mm²
16 to 3
- Connection screw
Reference
M4
M4
More information about accessories is available in the chapter titled Phase barriers/UL 508 "type E"
terminals.
2.12.2 Approval as "circuit breaker" according to UL 489/CSA C 22.2 No. 5-02
3RV27 and 3RV28 as "Circuit Breaker"
These devices are approved as Circuit Breaker according to UL 489 or CSA C22.2 No.5-02 with 100%
rated current ("100 %-rated breaker"). As such they can be used as upstream short-circuit protection
devices for "Manual Motor Controller" and "Manual Motor Controller Suitable for Tap Conductor Protection
in Group Installations".
3RV27 and 3RV28 are approved as "Circuit Breaker" under the following file numbers:
•
146
UL File No. E235044, CCN: DIVQ.
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
2.12 Permissible rated data of approved devices for North America
•
CSA Master Contract 165071, Product Class: 1432 01.
3RV2711
Rated current
480 V/277 V AC
600 V/347 V AC
UL
CSA
UL
CSA
In
Ibc
Ibc
Ibc
Ibc
A
kA
kA
kA
kA
0.16 ... 1.25
65
65
10
10
1.6
65
65
10
10
2
65
65
10
10
2.5
65
65
10
10
3.2
65
65
10
10
4
65
65
-
-
5
65
65
-
-
6.3
65
65
-
-
8
65
65
-
-
10
65
65
-
-
12.5
65
65
-
-
15
65
65
-
-
3RV2811
Rated current
480 V/277 V AC
600 V/347 V AC
UL
CSA
UL
CSA
In
Ibc
Ibc
Ibc
Ibc
A
kA
kA
kA
kA
0.16 ... 1.25
65
65
10
10
1.6
65
65
10
10
2
65
65
10
10
2.5
65
65
10
10
3.2
65
65
-
-
4
65
65
-
-
5
65
65
-
-
6.3
65
65
-
-
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
147
Technical data
2.12 Permissible rated data of approved devices for North America
Rated current
148
480 V/277 V AC
600 V/347 V AC
UL
CSA
UL
CSA
In
Ibc
Ibc
Ibc
Ibc
A
kA
kA
kA
kA
8
65
65
-
-
10
65
65
-
-
12.5
65
65
-
-
15
65
65
-
-
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
3
3 Technical
3.1
3.1.1
Contactors
Rated data
forfor
switching
auxiliarymotors
contacts
Technical data
3.1
Contactors for switching motors
3.1.1
Rated data for auxiliary contacts
Table3-7
Technical data for 3RT2 contactors - Rated data for auxiliary contacts
Type
3RT2
Size
S00
S0
Rated data for auxiliary contacts
Acc. to IEC 60947‑5‑1/DIN EN 60947‑5‑1 (VDE 0660 Part 200)
(Data applies to integrated auxiliary contacts and contacts in the auxiliary
switch blocks for contactors size S00 and S0.)
Rated insulation voltage U i (pollution degree 3)
V
690
Conventional thermal current I th =
A
10
Rated operational current I e /AC‑12
AC load
Rated operational current I e /AC‑15/AC‑14
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
149
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
Type
3RT2
Size
S00
S0
Rated data for auxiliary contacts
•
at rated operational voltage Ue
24 V
A
101)
110 V
A
101)
125 V
A
101)
220 V
A
101)
230 V
A
101)
380 V
A
3
400 V
A
3
500 V
A
2
660 V
A
1
690
A
1
24 V
A
6
60 V
A
6
110 V
A
3
125 V
A
2
220 V
A
1
440 V
A
0.3
600 V
A
0.15
24 V
A
62)
60 V
A
2
110 V
A
1
125 V
A
1
220 V
A
0.3
440 V
A
0.14
600 V
A
0.1
DC load
Rated operational current I e /DC‑12
•
at rated operational voltage Ue
Rated operational current I e /DC‑13
•
at rated operational voltage Ue
Contact reliability at 17 V, 1 mAacc. to DIN EN 60947‑5‑4
1) Integrated
2) Contacts
150
Frequency of contact faults <10-8 i.e. <
1 fault per 100 million operating cycles
auxiliary contacts (size S0) and contacts in the auxiliary switch blocks for contactors (size S00 and S0): 6 A
in auxiliary switch blocks for contactors size S00 and S0:4 A
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
3.1.2 Contact service life of auxiliary and main contacts
3.1.2
Contact service life of auxiliary and main contacts
Contact service life of auxiliary contacts
This requires operating mechanisms that switch at random,
i.e. not synchronized with the phase angle of the supply
system.
The contact service life is essentially dependent on the
breaking current.
The characteristic curves apply to:
•
•
Integrated auxiliary contacts on 3RT20
Auxiliary switch blocks 3RH2911‑., 3RH2921‑. for
contactors size S00 and S0
Legend for diagram:
Ia = Breaking current
Ie = Rated operational current
1) Integrated
2) Contacts
auxiliary contacts (size S0) and contacts in the auxiliary switch blocks for contactors (size S00 and S0): 6 A
in auxiliary switch blocks for contactors size S00 and S0:4 A
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
151
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
Contact service life of main contacts
The characteristic curves show the contact service life Size S00
of contactors when switching resistive and inductive
three-phase loads (AC-1/AC-3) as a function of
breaking current and rated operational voltage. This
requires operating mechanisms that switch at random,
i.e. not synchronized with the phase angle of the supply
system.
The rated operational current Ie in accordance with
utilization category AC-4 (breaking of 6 times the rated
operational current) is specified for a contact service life
of at least 200,000 operating cycles.
If a shorter contact service life is sufficient, the rated
operational current Ie/AC‑4 can be increased.
In the case of mixed operation, i.e. if normal switching
operation (breaking of rated operational current in
accordance with utilization category AC-3) is mixed
with occasional inching (breaking of the multiple rated
operational current in accordance with utilization
category AC-4), the service life of the contacts can be
calculated approximately using the following formula:
152
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
3.1.3 General data and short-circuit protection for 3RT201. contactors without overload relay
Contact service life of main contacts
Legend for formula:
•
•
•
•
Size S0
X: Contact service life for mixed operation in
operating cycles
A: Contact service life for normal operation
(Ia = Ie) in operating cycles
B: Contact service life for inching (Ia = multiple of
Ie) in operating cycles
C: Proportion of inching operations as a
percentage of all operations
Legend for diagram:
PN= Rated power of squirrel-cage motors at 400 V
Ia= Breaking current
Ie= Rated operational current
3.1.3
General data and short-circuit protection for 3RT201. contactors without overload relay
Table3-8
General data ‑ 3RT201.
Type
3RT2015,
3RT2016
Size
3RT2017,
3RT2018
S00
General data
Permissible mounting position
•
AC and DC operation
The contactors are dimensioned for operation
on a vertical mounting plane.
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
153
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
Type
3RT2015,
3RT2016
Size
3RT2017,
3RT2018
S00
General data
Vertical mounting position:
•
AC operation and DC
operation
Special version required.
Mechanical durability
•
•
•
Basic device
Basic device
with snap-on
auxiliary switch
block
Operati 30 million
ng
10 million
cycles
Solid-state
compatible
auxiliary switch
block
5 million
Electrical durability
1)
Rated insulation voltage U i (pollution degree 3)
V
690
Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp
kV
6
Protective separation between coil and main contacts
acc. to DIN EN 60947‑1, Annex N
V
400
Mirror contacts
•
A mirror contact is an auxiliary NC
- 3RT201., 3RT231.
contact that cannot be closed
(removable auxiliary switch
simultaneously with a main NO contact. block)
- 3RT201., 3RT231.
(permanently mounted
auxiliary switch block)
•
No mirror contacts for the solid-state
compatible auxiliary switch blocks
Ambient temperature
Yes, in the basic device as well as between
the basic device and the snap-on auxiliary
switch block in accordance with
DIN EN 60947‑4‑1, Annex F.
Yes, in accordance with DIN EN 60947‑4-1,
Annex F.
- 3RH19 11‑.NF. .
•
•
Operation
°C
-25 ... + 60
Storage
°C
-55 ... + 80
Degree of protection to EN 60947‑1, Annex C
IP20, drive system IP40
Touch protection acc. to DIN EN 50274
Finger-safe
Shock resistance
•
154
Rectangular pulse
•
•
AC operation
g/ms
6.7 /5 and 4.2 /10
7.3 /5 and 4.7 /10
DC operation
g/ms
> 6.7 /5 and > 4.2 /10 > 7.3 /5 and > 4.7 /10
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
Type
3RT2015,
3RT2016
Size
3RT2017,
3RT2018
S00
General data
•
•
•
Sine pulse
AC operation
g/ms
10.5 /5 and 6.6 /10
DC operation
g/ms
> 10.5 /5 and > 6.6 /10 > 11.4 /5 and > 7.3 /
10
Conductor cross-sections
1) Contact
2)
11.4 /5 and 7.3 /10
2)
service life for main contacts is listed in the table titled "Contact service life of auxiliary and main contacts"
Conductor cross-sections are listed in the table titled "Conductor cross-sections ‑ 3RT201."
Table3-9
Short-circuit protection for contactors without overload relay
Type
3RT2015,
3RT2016
Size
S00
3RT2017,
3RT2018
Short-circuit protection for contactors without overload relay
Main circuit
•
•
Fuse links gL/gG NH 3NA, DIAZED 5SB, NEOZED 5SE acc. to
IEC 60 947‑4‑1/DIN EN 60 947‑4‑1
- Type of coordination "1"
A
35
50
- Type of coordination "2"
A
20
25
- Weld-free3)
A
10
A
10
Fuse links gL/gG DIAZED 5SB, NEOZED 5SE (weld-free fuse
protection Ik ≥ 1 kA)
A
10
Miniature circuit breakers up to 230 V with C characteristic shortcircuit current Ik < 400 A
A
6
Miniature circuit breakers (up to 230 V) with C characteristic shortcircuit current 1 kA, type of coordination "1"
Auxiliary circuit
•
•
1) Contact
service life for main contacts is listed in the table titled "Contact service life of auxiliary and main contacts"
2)
Conductor cross-sections are listed in the table titled "Conductor cross-sections ‑ 3RT201."
3)
Test conditions in accordance with IEC 60 947‑4‑1.
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
155
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
3.1.4
Table3-10
Actuation - 3RT201. contactors
3.1.4 Actuation - 3RT201. contactors
Actuation ‑ 3RT201. contactors
Type
3RT2015...16
Size
S00
3RT2017...18
Actuation
Magnet coil operating range
•
•
AC operation
50 Hz
0.8 to 1.1 x US
60 Hz
0.85 to 1.1 x US
To 50 °C
0.8 to 1.1 x US
To 60 °C
0.85 to 1.1 x US
VA
27 / 24.3
DC operation
Magnet coil power input (for cold coil and 1.0 x Us)
AC operation, 50/60 Hz
•
Standard version
- Switch-on power
- cos ϕ
- Holding power
0.8 / 0.75
VA
- cos ϕ
•
5.7 / 4.4
0.25 / 0.25
VA
- cos ϕ at switch-on power
- Holding power
VA
- cos ϕ at holding power
26.4
36
0.81
0.8
4.4
5.9
0.24
AC operation, 60 Hz, USA/Canada
- Switch-on power
VA
- cos ϕ at switch-on power
- Holding power
VA
- cos ϕ at holding power
•
4.2 / 3.3
AC operation, 50 Hz, USA/Canada
- Switch-on power
•
37 / 33
31.7
43
0.81
0.8
4.8
6.5
0.25
DC operation
- Switch-on power = holding power
W
4
Permissible residual current of electronics (with 0 signal)
156
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
Type
3RT2015...16
Size
S00
3RT2017...18
Actuation
•
AC operation
mA
< 3 mA x (239 V/
US); the use of the
additional load
module
3RT2916‑1GA00 is
recommended at
higher residual
currents.
•
DC operation
mA
< 10 mA x (24 V/US); the use of the
additional load module 3RT2916‑1GA00
is recommended at higher residual
currents.
- Closing delay
ms
9 to 35
8 to 33
Opening delay
ms
3.5 to 14
4 ... 15
- Closing delay
ms
30 to 100
- Opening delay
ms
7 to 13
ms
10 to 15
- Closing delay
ms
9.5 to 24
9 to 22
- Opening delay
ms
4 to 14
4.5 to 15
- Closing delay
ms
35 to 50
- Opening delay
ms
7 to 12
< 4 mA x (239 V/
US); the use of the
additional load
module
3RT2916‑1GA00 is
recommended at
higher residual
currents.
Switching times 1)
Total break time = opening delay + arcing time
•
•
•
AC operation at 0.8 to 1.1 x Us
DC operation at 0.85 to 1.1 x Us
Arcing time
Switching times at 1.0 x U s 1)
•
•
AC operation
DC operation
1)
The OFF-delay times of the NO contacts and the ON-delay times of the NC contacts increase if the contactor coils are
attenuated against voltage peaks (suppression diode 6x to 10x; diode combinations 2x to 6x; varistor +2 to 5 ms).
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
157
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
3.1.5
Main circuit - 3RT201. contactors
Table3-11
3.1.5 Main circuit - 3RT201. contactors
Main circuit - Current carrying capacity for alternating current (3RT201. contactors)
Type
3RT2015
Size
S00
3RT2016
3RT2017
3RT2018
Main circuit
Current carrying capacity for alternating current
Utilization category AC-1, switching resistive loads
•
•
•
Rated operational current Ie
At 40 °C up to 690 V
A
18
22
At 60 °C up to 690 V
A
16
20
Rated powers of three-phase current loads1) cos ϕ = 0.95 (at
60 °C)
230 V
kW
6.3
7.5
400 V
kW
11
13
500 V
kW
13.8
17
690 V
kW
19
22
Minimum conductor cross-section for loads with Ie
At 40 °C
mm2 2.5
At 60 °C
mm2 2.5
400 V
A
7
9
12
16
440 V
A
7
9
11
15
500 V
A
6
7.7
9.2
12.4
690 V
A
4.9
6.7
6.7
8.8
Utilization category AC-2 and AC-3
•
•
Rated operational currents Ie
Rated powers of slip-ring or squirrel-cage motors at 50 Hz and
at 60 Hz
230 V
kW
2.2
3
3
4
400 V
kW
3
4
5.5
7.5
500 V
kW
3.5
4.5
5.5
7.5
690 V
kW
4
5.5
5.5
7.5
10 s current2)
A
56
72
96
128
At Ie/AC-3
W
0.42
0.7
1.24
2.2
Thermal load
Power loss per current path
158
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
Type
3RT2015
Size
S00
3RT2016
3RT2017
3RT2018
Main circuit
Current carrying capacity for alternating current
Utilization category AC-4 (at Ia = 6 x Ie)3)
•
•
•
Rated operational current Ie
Up to 400 V
Rated powers of squirrel-cage Up to 400 V
motors at 50 and 60 Hz
A
6.5
8.5
8.5
11.5
kW
3
4
4
5.5
The following applies for a contact service life of approximately
200,000 operating cycles:
- Rated operational
currents Ie
Up to 400 V
A
2.6
4.1
4.1
5.5
690 V
A
1.8
3.3
3.3
4.4
kW
0.67
1.1
1.1
1.5
kW
1.15
2
2
2.5
kW
1.45
2
2
3
kW
1.15
2.5
2.5
3.5
- Rated powers of
At 230 V
squirrel-cage motors
400 V
at 50 Hz and 60 Hz
500 V
690 V
Utilization category AC-5a, switching of gas discharge lamps,
inductive ballast
Per main current path at 230 V
•
•
Uncorrected, rated power per lamp/rated operational current per
lamp
L 18 W/0.37 A
Qty.
47
52
L 36 W/0.43 A
Qty.
40
48
L 58 W/0.67 A
Qty.
26
28
L 80 W/0.79 A
Qty.
22
24
L 18 W/0.22 A
Qty.
90 (≙ 2 x 90 100 (≙ 2 x 100 lamps)
lamps)
L 36 W/0.42 A
Qty.
47 (≙ 2 x 47 52 (≙ 2 x 52 lamps)
lamps)
L 58 W/0.63 A
Qty.
31 (≙ 2 x 31 34 (≙ 2 x 34 lamps)
lamps)
L 80 W/0.87 A
Qty.
22 (≙ 2 x 22 25 (≙ 2 x 25 lamps)
lamps)
DUO switching (two-lamp)
Switching of gas discharge lamps with correction
Per main current path at 230 V
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
159
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
Type
3RT2015
Size
S00
3RT2016
3RT2017
3RT2018
39
Main circuit
Current carrying capacity for alternating current
•
•
•
Shunt compensation with inductive ballast, rated power per
lamp/capacitance/rated operational current per lamp
L 18 W/4.5 μF/0.11 A
Qty.
17
22
29
L 36 W/4.5 μF/0.21 A
Qty.
15
19
21
L 58 W/7.0 μF/0.32 A
Qty.
10
14
L 80 W/7.0 μF/0.49 A
Qty.
6
9
L 18 W/6.8 μF/0.10 A
Qty.
49
63
84
112
L 36 W/6.8 μF/0.18 A
Qty.
27
35
46
62
L 58 W/10 μF/0.29 A
Qty.
16
21
28
38
L 80 W/10 μF/0.43 A
Qty.
11
14
19
26
L 18 W/10 μF/0.18 A
Qty.
27 (≙ 2 x 27 35 (≙ 2 x 35 46 (≙ 2 x 46 62 (≙ 2 x 62
lamps)
lamps)
lamps)
lamps)
L 36 W/10 μF/0.35 A
Qty.
14 (≙ 2 x 14 18 (≙ 2 x 18 24 (≙ 2 x 24 32 (≙ 2 x 32
lamps)
lamps)
lamps)
lamps)
L 58 W/22 μF/0.52 A
Qty.
9 (≙ 2 x 9
lamps)
12 (≙ 2 x 12 16 (≙ 2 x 16 21 (≙ 2 x 21
lamps)
lamps)
lamps)
L 80 W/22 μF/0.86 A
Qty.
5 (≙ 2 x 5
lamps)
7 (≙ 2 x 7
lamps)
9 (≙ 2 x 9
lamps)
13 (≙ 2 x 13
lamps)
kW
1.3
1.7
2.2
3
With solid-state ballast4) single-lamp
With solid-state ballast4) two-lamp
Utilization category AC-5b, switching incandescent lamps
Per main current path at 230/220 V
Utilization category AC-6a, switching AC transformers
•
•
160
Rated operational current Ie
- For inrush current
n = 20
Up to 400 V
A
4
5.3
7.2
9.6
- For inrush current
n = 30
Up to 400 V
A
2.7
3.5
4.8
6.4
Rated power P
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
Type
3RT2015
Size
S00
3RT2016
3RT2017
3RT2018
Main circuit
Current carrying capacity for alternating current
- For inrush current
n = 20
- For inrush current
n = 30
At 230 V
kVA
1.4
2
2.9
3.8
400 V
kVA
2.5
3.5
5
6.6
500 V
kVA
3.3
4.6
6.2
8.3
690 V
kVA
4.3
6
8.6
11.4
At 230 V
kVA
1
1.3
2
2.5
400 V
kVA
1.6
2.3
3.5
4.4
500 V
kVA
2.2
3.1
4.6
5.5
690 V
kVA
2.9
4
6
7.6
For deviating inrush current factors x, the power must be recalculated as follows: Px = Pn 30 · 30/x
1)
The OFF-delay times of the NO contacts and the ON-delay times of the NC contacts increase if the contactor coils are
attenuated against voltage peaks (suppression diode 6x to 10x; diode combinations 2x to 6x; varistor +2 to 5 ms).
2)
Acc. to IEC 60947‑4‑1. See the chapter titled "Overload relays" for rated values for different starting conditions.
3)
The data specified is valid for 3RT2516 and 3RT2517 (2 NO contacts + 2 NC contacts) only up to a rated operational current
of 400 V.
4)
The number of lamps can be increased dependent upon the electronic ballast used.
Table3-12
Main circuit - Current carrying capacity for direct current (3RT201. contactors)
Type
3RT2015
Size
S00
3RT2016
3RT2017
3RT2018
Main circuit
Current carrying capacity for direct current
Utilization category DC-1, switching resistive loads (L/R ≤1 ms)
•
Rated operational current Ie(at 60 °C)
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
161
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
Type
3RT2015
Size
S00
3RT2016
3RT2017
3RT2018
Main circuit
Current carrying capacity for direct current
- 1 current path
- 2 current paths in series
- 3 current paths in series
Up to 24 V A
15
20
60 V
A
15
20
110 V
A
1.5
2.1
220 V
A
0.6
0.8
440 V
A
0.42
0.6
600 V
A
0.42
0.6
Up to 24 V A
15
20
60 V
A
15
20
110 V
A
8.4
12
220 V
A
1.2
1.6
440 V
A
1.6
0.8
600 V
A
0.5
0.7
Up to 24 V A
15
20
60 V
A
15
20
110 V
A
15
20
220 V
A
15
20
440 V
A
0.9
1.3
600 V
A
0.7
1
Utilization category DC-3 and DC-5, shunt-wound and serieswound motors (L/R ≤ 15 ms)
•
162
Rated operational current Ie(at 60 °C)
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
Type
3RT2015
Size
S00
3RT2016
3RT2017
3RT2018
Main circuit
Current carrying capacity for direct current
- 1 current path
Up to 24 V A
15
20
60 V
A
0.35
0.5
110 V
A
0.1
0.15
220 V
A
---
440 V
A
---
600 V
A
---
Up to 24 V A
15
20
60 V
A
3.5
5
110 V
A
0.25
0.35
220 V
A
---
440 V
A
---
600 V
A
---
Up to 24 V A
15
20
60 V
A
15
20
110 V
A
15
20
220 V
A
1.2
1.5
440 V
A
0.14
0.2
600 V
A
0.14
0.2
No-load switching
frequency AC
h-1
10000
No-load switching
frequency DC
h-1
10000
AC-1 (AC/DC)
h-1
1000
AC-2 (AC/DC)
h-1
750
AC-3 (AC/DC)
h-1
750
AC-4 (AC/DC)
h-1
250
h-1
15
- 2 current paths in series
- 3 current paths in series
Switching frequency
Switching frequency z in operating cycles/hour
•
Contactors without overload
relay
- Dependency of
switching
frequency z’on
operational current I’
and operational
voltage U’:
z’ = z ⋅(Ie/I’) ⋅(400 V/
Rated operation
U’)1.5 ⋅1/h
•
Contactors with overload relay (mean value)
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
163
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
3.1.6 Conductor cross-sections - 3RT201. contactors
3.1.6
Conductor cross-sections - 3RT201. contactors
Table3-13
Conductor cross-sections ‑ 3RT201. contactors
Type
3RT2015
Size
S00
3RT2016
3RT2017
3RT2018
Conductor cross-sections
Main and auxiliary conductors
(1 or 2
conductors
can be
connected) for
standard
screwdrivers
size 2 and
Pozidriv 2
•
•
•
•
Screw connection
Solid + stranded
mm2
2 x (0.5 to 1.5)1); 2 x (0.75 to 2.5)1) acc. to IEC 60947; max. 2 x 4
Finely stranded with end
sleeve
mm2
2 x (0.5 to 1.5)1); 2 x (0.75 to 2.5)1)
Solid or stranded, AWG
cables
AWG
2 x (20 to 16)1); 2 x (18 to 14)1); 2 x 12
Connection screw
- Tightening torque
M3
Nm
Main and auxiliary conductors
(1-wire or 2wire
connection
possible)
•
•
•
•
0.8 to 1.2 (7 to 10.3 lb.in)
Spring-loaded connection
Auxiliary conductor
Main conductor
Solid + stranded
mm2
2 x (0.5 to 4)
2 x (0.5 to 4)
Finely stranded with end
sleeve
mm2
2 x (0.5 to 2.5)
2 x (0.5 to 2.5)
Finely stranded without end mm2
sleeve
2 x (0.5 to 2.5)
2 x (0.5 to 2.5)
AWG cables, solid or
stranded
2 x (20 to 12)
2 x (20 to 12)
AWG
Main and auxiliary conductors
Ring cable lug connection
Connection screw
M3 (Pozidriv size PZ 2)
•
•
•
164
Operating tool
mm
∅5…6
Tightening torque
Nm
0.8 to 1.2
Usable ring cable lugs
mm
d2 = min. 3.2
mm
d3 = max. 7.5
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
3.1.7 General data and short-circuit protection for 3RT202. contactors without overload relay
Type
3RT2015
Size
S00
3RT2016
3RT2017
3RT2018
Conductor cross-sections
- DIN 46237 with insulating
sleeve
- JIS C2805 type RAV with
insulating sleeve
- JIS C2805 type RAP with
insulating sleeve
- DIN 46234 without insulating
sleeve
- DIN 46225 without insulating
sleeve
A shrink-on sleeve must be used to provide additional insulation
for the ring cable lugs 1).
•
•
•
- JIS C2805 type R without
insulating sleeve
Application temperature: -55 °C/+155 °C
UL 224 approved
Flame-protected
1)
If two different conductor cross-sections are being connected to one clamping point, both cross-sections must be located in
the range indicated. If identical cross-sections are used, this restriction does not apply.
3.1.7
General data and short-circuit protection for 3RT202. contactors without overload relay
Table3-14
General data ‑ 3RT202. contactors
Type
3RT2023
3RT2024
3RT2025
3RT2026
3RT2027
3RT2028
Size
S0
S0
S0
S0
S0
S0
General data
Permissible mounting
position
•
AC and DC operation
•
AC and DC operation
The contactors are
dimensioned for
operation on a
vertical mounting
plane.
Vertical mounting
position:
Special version required, also applies for coupling relays 3RT20.‑.K40.
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
165
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
Type
3RT2023
3RT2024
3RT2025
3RT2026
3RT2027
3RT2028
Size
S0
S0
S0
S0
S0
S0
General data
Mechanical durability
•
•
•
Basic device
Basic device
with snap-on
auxiliary
switch block
Operati 10 million
ng
10 million
cycles
Solid-state
compatible
auxiliary
switch block
5 million
Electrical durability
1)
Rated insulation voltage U i (pollution
degree 3)
V
690
Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp
kW
6
Protective separation between coil and
main contacts (acc. to DIN EN 60947‑1,
Annex N)
V
400
Mirror contacts
•
A mirror contact is an auxiliary NC contact that
cannot be closed simultaneously with a main
NO contact.
- 3RT20 2., 3RT23 2. (removable
auxiliary switch block)
Yes, in accordance with DIN EN 60947‑4-1, Annex F.
- 3RT20 2., 3RT23 2. (permanently
mounted auxiliary switch block)
Yes, in accordance with DIN EN 60947‑4-1, Annex F.
•
Permissible ambient
temperature
•
Operatio
n
°C
‑25 … + 60
Storage
°C
‑55 … + 80
Degree of protection to EN 60947‑1,
Annex C
IP20, drive system IP40
Touch protection acc. to DIN EN 50274
Finger-safe
Shock resistance
rectangular pulse
Shock resistance
sine pulse
166
•
•
•
•
AC operation
g/ms
7.5/5 and 4.7/10
DC operation
g/ms
> 10/5 and > 7.5/10
AC operation
g/ms
11.8/5 and 7.4/10
DC operation
g/ms
> 15/5 and > 10/10
8.3/5 and 5.3/10
13/5 and 8.3/10
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
Type
3RT2023
3RT2024
3RT2025
3RT2026
3RT2027
3RT2028
Size
S0
S0
S0
S0
S0
S0
General data
Conductor cross-sections
2)
1)
Contact service life for main contacts is listed in the table titled "Contact service life of auxiliary and main contacts".
2)
Conductor cross-sections are listed in the table titled "Conductor cross-sections ‑ 3RT202.".
Table3-15
Short-circuit protection for 3RT202. contactors without overload relay
Type
3RT2023
Size
S0
3RT2024
3RT2025
3RT2026
3RT2027
3RT2028
Short-circuit protection for contactors without overload relay
Main circuit
•
•
Fuse links gL/gG NH 3NA, DIAZED 5SB,
NEOZED 5SE acc. to IEC 60947‑4‑1/
DIN EN 60947‑4‑1
- Type of coordination "1"
A
63
100
125
- Type of coordination "2"
A
25
35
50
- Weld-free1)
A
10
16
15
A
25
32
40
Fuse links gL/gG DIAZED 5SB,
NEOZED 5SE (weld-free fuse
protection Ik ≥ 1 kA)
A
10
Miniature circuit breakers with C
characteristic (short-circuit
current Ik < 400 A)
A
10
Miniature circuit breaker with C
characteristic (short-circuit current
3 kA, type of coordination "1")
Auxiliary circuit
•
•
1)
Test conditions in accordance with IEC 60947‑4‑1.
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
167
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
3.1.8
Actuation - 3RT202. contactors
Table3-16
3.1.8 Actuation - 3RT202. contactors
Actuation ‑ 3RT202. contactors
Type
3RT2023...25
Size
S0
3RT2026...28
Actuation
Magnet coil operating range
•
AC/DC
0.8 to 1.1 x US
Magnet coil power input (for cold coil and 1.0 x US)
•
AC operation, 50 Hz, standard version
- Switch-on power
VA 65
- cos ϕ
- Holding power
0.82
0.25
- Holding power
81 / 79
0.72 / 0.74
0.72 / 0.74
VA 9.1 / 7.4
- cos ϕ
10.5 / 8.5
0.25 / 0.28
0.25 / 0.28
AC operation, 50 Hz, USA/Canada
- Switch-on power
VA 65
- cos ϕ
- Holding power
77
0.82
0.82
VA 8.5
- cos ϕ
9.8
0.25
0.25
AC operation, 60 Hz, USA/Canada
- Switch-on power
VA 73
- cos ϕ
- Holding power
87
0.76
0.76
VA 8.2
- cos ϕ
•
0.25
VA 68 / 67
- cos ϕ
•
9.8
AC operation, 50/60 Hz, standard version
- Switch-on power
•
0.82
VA 8.5
- cos ϕ
•
77
9.4
0.28
0.28
DC operation
- Switch-on power = holding power
W
5.9
Permissible residual current of electronics (with 0 signal)
•
AC operation
mA < 6 mA x (230 V/
US)
•
DC operation
mA < 16 mA x (24 V/US)
168
< 7 mA x (230 V/
US)
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
Type
3RT2023...25
Size
S0
3RT2026...28
Actuation
Switching times at 0.8 to 1.1 x U S 1)
Total break time = opening delay + arcing time
•
•
•
AC operation
- Closing delay
ms 9 ... 38
- Opening delay
ms 4 ... 16
DC operation
- Closing delay
ms 50 ... 170
- Opening delay
ms 15 ... 17.5
Arcing time
•
50 ... 170
ms 10
Switching times at 1.0 x U s
•
8 ... 40
1)
AC operation
- Closing delay
ms 10 ... 18
- Opening delay
ms 4 ... 16
10 ... 17
DC operation
- Closing delay
ms 55 ... 80
- Opening delay
ms 16 ... 17
1)
The OFF-delay times of the NO contacts and the ON-delay times of the NC contacts increase if the contactor coils are
attenuated against voltage peaks (varistor + 2 ms to 5 ms, diode combination: 2x to 6x).
Table3-17
Actuation ‑ 3RT202.‑.NB3, 3RT202.‑.NF3, 3RT202.‑.NP3 contactors
Type
3RT202.‑.NB3
3RT202.‑.NF3
3RT202.‑.NP3
Size
S0
6.5/5.7
13.6/13.2
16.1/15.9
0.98/0.96
0.98/0.99
0.99/0.99
1.26/1.3
1.91/1.9
3.41/3.58
0.78/0.8
0.61/0.61
0.36/0.45
Actuation
Magnet coil operating range AC/DC
0.7 to 1.3 x US
Magnet coil power input (for cold coil and 1.0 x US)
•
AC operation, 50 Hz, UC version
- Switch-on power
VA
- cos ϕ
- Holding power
- cos ϕ
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
VA
169
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
Type
3RT202.‑.NB3
Size
S0
3RT202.‑.NF3
3RT202.‑.NP3
Actuation
•
DC operation, UC version
- Switch-on power
W
6.7
13.2
15
- Holding power
W
0.8
1.56
1.83
AC operation
mA
< 7 mA x (230 V/US)
DC operation
mA
< 16 mA x (24 V/US)
- Closing delay
ms
60 ... 80
50 ... 70
60 ... 80
- Opening delay
ms
30 ... 45
35 ... 45
35 ... 50
- Closing delay
ms
60 ... 75
50 ... 70
50 ... 75
- Opening delay
ms
30 ... 45
35 ... 45
40 ... 50
ms
10
- Closing delay
ms
65 ... 80
50 ... 70
60 ... 80
- Opening delay
ms
30 ... 45
35 ... 45
30 ... 50
- Closing delay
ms
60 ... 80
56 ... 70
60 ... 80
- Opening delay
ms
30 ... 45
35 ... 45
30 ... 50
Permissible residual current of electronics (with 0 signal)
•
•
Switching times at 0.8 to 1.1 x U S 1)
Total break time = opening delay + arcing time
•
•
•
AC operation
DC operation
Arcing time
Switching times at 1.0 x U s 1)
•
•
AC operation
DC operation
1)
The OFF-delay times of the NO contacts and the ON-delay times of the NC contacts increase if the contactor coils are
attenuated against voltage peaks (varistor + 2 ms to 5 ms, diode combination: 2x to 6x).
170
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
3.1.9
Main circuit - 3RT202. contactors
Table3-18
3.1.9 Main circuit - 3RT202. contactors
Main circuit ‑ Current carrying capacity for alternating current (3RT202. contactors)
Type
3RT20
23
Size
S0
3RT20
24
3RT20
25
3RT20
26
3RT20
27
3RT20
28
Main circuit
Current carrying capacity for alternating current
Utilization category AC-1, switching resistive loads
•
At 40 °C up to
690 V
A
40
50
At 60 °C up to
690 V
A
35
42
Rated powers of three-phase
230 V
current loads1) cos ϕ = 0.95 (at 60 °
400 V
C)
500 V
kW
13.3
16
kW
23
28
kW
29
35
690 V
kW
40
48
At 40 °C
mm2
10
At 60 °C
mm2
10
Up to 400 V
A
9
12
17
25
32
38
440 V
A
9
12
17
22
32
35
500 V
A
6.8
12.4
17
18
32
32
690 V
A
6.7
9
13
13
21
21
Up to 110 V
kW
1.1
1.5
2.2
3
4
4
230 V
kW
3
3
4
5.5
7.5
7.5
400 V
kW
4
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
500 V
kW
4
7.5
10
11
18.5
18.5
660 V/690 V
kW
5.5
7.5
11
11
18.5
18.5
Thermal load capacity
10 s current2)
A
80
110
150
200
260
300
Power loss per current path
At Ie/AC-3
W
0.4
0.5
0.9
1.6
2.7
3.8
Rated operational current Ie
Up to 400 V
A
8.5
12.5
15.5
15.5
22
22
Rated powers of squirrel-cage
motors at 50 and 60 Hz
At 400 V
kW
4
5.5
7.5
7.5
11
11
•
•
Rated operational current Ie
Minimum conductor cross-section
for loads with Ie
Utilization category AC-2 and AC-3
•
•
Rated operational currents Ie
Rated powers of slip-ring or
squirrel-cage motors at 50 Hz and
at 60 Hz
Utilization category AC-4 (at I a = 6 x I e )
•
•
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
171
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
Type
3RT20
23
Size
S0
3RT20
24
3RT20
25
3RT20
26
3RT20
27
3RT20
28
Main circuit
Current carrying capacity for alternating current
•
The following applies for a contact service life of
approximately 200,000 operating cycles:
- Rated operational
currents Ie
Up to 400 V
A
4.1
5.5
7.7
9
12
12
Up to 690 V
A
3.3
5.5
7.7
9
12
12
kW
0.5
0.73
1
1.2
1.6
1.6
kW
1.1
4.8
2
2.5
3.4
3.4
kW
2
2.6
3.5
4.4
6
6
500 V
kW
2
3.3
4.6
5.6
7.5
7.5
690 V
kW
2.5
4.6
6
7.7
10.3
10.3
- Rated powers of squirrel- At 110 V
cage motors at 50 Hz and
230 V
60 Hz
400 V
Utilization category AC-5a, switching of gas discharge lamps,
inductive ballast
Per main current path at 230 V3)
•
Rated power per lamp/rated operational current per lamp
- Uncorrected
L 18 W/0.37 A
Qty.
95
118
L 36 W/0.43 A
Qty.
81
102
L 58 W/0.67 A
Qty.
52
65
L 80 W/0.79 A
Qty.
44
55
DUO switching (two-lamp) L 18 W/0.22 A
Qty.
181 (≙ 2 x 181 lamps)
227 (≙ 2 x 227
lamps)
L 36 W/0.42 A
Qty.
95 (≙ 2 x 95 lamps)
119 (≙ 2 x 119
lamps)
L 58 W/0.63 A
Qty.
63 (≙ 2 x 63 lamps)
79 (≙ 2 x 79
lamps)
L 80 W/0.87 A
Qty.
45 (≙ 2 x 45 lamps)
57 (≙ 2 x 57
lamps)
Switching of gas discharge lamps with correction
Per main current path at 230 V
•
172
Rated power per lamp/capacitance/rated operational current
per lamp
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
Type
3RT20
23
Size
S0
3RT20
24
3RT20
25
3RT20
26
3RT20
27
3RT20
28
Main circuit
Current carrying capacity for alternating current
- Shunt
compensation,
with inductive
ballast
L 18 W/4.5 μF/0.11 A
Qty.
37
41
61
78
93
L 36 W/4.5 μF/0.21 A
Qty.
30
30
51
71
71
L 58 W/7.0 μF/0.32 A
Qty.
20
20
33
46
46
L 80 W/7.0 μF/0.49 A
Qty.
13
13
22
30
30
- With solid-state L 18 W/6.8 μF/0.10 A
ballast4) singleL 36 W/6.8 μF/0.18 A
lamp
L 58 W/10 μF/0.29 A
Qty.
105
119
175
224
266
Qty.
58
66
97
124
147
Qty.
36
41
60
77
91
L 80 W/10 μF/0.43 A
Qty.
24
27
40
52
61
- With solid-state L 18 W/10 μF/0.18 A
ballast4) twolamp
Qty.
58 (≙
2 x 58 lamps)
66 (≙
97 (≙
124 (≙ 147 (≙
2 x 66 la 2 x 97 l 2 x 124 2 x 147
mps)
amps)
lamps) lamps)
L 36 W/10 μF/0.35 A
Qty.
30 (≙
2 x 30 lamps)
34 (≙
50 (≙
64 (≙
76 (≙
2 x 34 la 2 x 50 l 2 x 64 l 2 x 76 l
mps)
amps) amps) amps)
L 58 W/22 μF/0.52 A
Qty.
20 (≙
2 x 20 lamps)
22 (≙
33 (≙
43 (≙
51 (≙
2 x 22 la 2 x 33 l 2 x 43 l 2 x 51 l
mps)
amps) amps) amps)
L 80 W/22 μF/0.86 A
Qty.
12 (≙
2 x 12 lamps)
13 (≙
20 (≙
26 (≙
30 (≙
2 x 13 la 2 x 20 l 2 x 26 l 2 x 30 l
mps)
amps) amps) amps)
kW
2.8
3.2
- For inrush current n = 20 Up to 400 V
A
- For inrush current n = 30 Up to 400 V
A
Utilization category AC-5b, switching incandescent lamps
Per main current path at 230/220 V
4.7
6
11.4
20.2
30.8
7.6
13.5
20.5
7.2
Utilization category AC-6a, switching AC transformers
•
•
Rated operational current Ie
Rated operational power P
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
173
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
Type
3RT20
23
Size
S0
3RT20
24
3RT20
25
3RT20
26
3RT20
27
3RT20
28
Main circuit
Current carrying capacity for alternating current
- For inrush current n = 20 At 230 V
kV/A
4.5
8
12.3
400 V
kV/A
7.9
13.9
21.3
500 V
kV/A
9.9
15.5
26.6
690 V
kV/A
13.6
15.5
25
kV/A
3
5.4
8.2
400 V
kV/A
5.2
9.3
14.2
500 V
kV/A
6.6
11.7
17.7
690 V
kV/A
9.1
15.5
24.5
A
5.8
10.8
15
kvar
2.5
10.8
6
kvar
4
4
10.4
kvar
4
7.4
10.4
kvar
4
7.5
10.4
- For inrush current n = 30 At 230 V
For deviating inrush current factors x, the power must be
recalculated as follows:
Px = Pn30 ⋅ 30/x
Utilization category AC-6b, switching low-inductance (low-loss,
metallized-dielectric) AC capacitors
•
•
Rated operational currents Ie
Up to 400 V
Rated powers for single capacitors At 230 V
or capacitor banks (minimum
400 V
inductance of 6 μH between
capacitors connected in parallel) at 500 V
50 Hz and 60 Hz
690 V
1)
Industrial furnaces and electric heaters with resistance heating, etc. (increased power consumption on heating up taken into
account).
2)
Acc. to IEC 60947‑4‑1. See the chapter titled "Overload relays" for rated values for different starting conditions.
3)
For Ie/AC-1 = 35 A (60 °C) and the corresponding minimum conductor cross-section 10 mm2.
4)
The number of lamps can be increased dependent upon the electronic ballast used.
174
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
3.1.10 Rated data for auxiliary contacts
3.1.10 Main
3.1.11
Ratedcircuit
data for
- 3RT202.
auxiliarycontactors
contacts
Table3-19
Rated data for auxiliary contacts (CSA and UL)
Type
Screw connection and
Screw connection and
Screw connection and
spring-loaded connection spring-loaded connection spring-loaded connection
Integrated or snap-on
auxiliary switch block
Integrated or snap-on
auxiliary switch block
Laterally
mountable
auxiliary switch block
Size
S00
S0
S00/S0
600
600
600
A 600, Q 600
A 600, Q 600
A 300, Q 600
10
10
10
CSA and UL rated data for auxiliary
contacts
Rated voltage
V AC
Switching capacity
•
Continuous
current at
240 V AC
A
3.1.11 Main circuit - 3RT202. contactors
Table3-20
Main circuit ‑ Current carrying capacity for direct current (3RT202. contactors)
Type
3RT20
23
Size
S0
3RT20
24
3RT20
25
3RT20
26
3RT20
27
3RT20
28
Main circuit
Current carrying capacity for direct current
Utilization category DC-1, switching resistive loads (L/R ≤1 ms)
•
Rated operational current Ie(at 60 °C)
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
175
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
Type
3RT20
23
Size
S0
3RT20
24
3RT20
25
3RT20
26
3RT20
27
3RT20
28
Main circuit
Current carrying capacity for direct current
- 1 current path
- 2 current paths in
series
- 3 current paths in
series
Up to 24 V
A
35
60 V
A
20
110 V
A
4.5
220 V
A
1
440 V
A
0.4
600 V
A
0.25
Up to 24 V
A
35
60 V
A
35
110 V
A
35
220 V
A
5
440 V
A
1
600 V
A
0.8
Up to 24 V
A
35
60 V
A
35
110 V
A
35
220 V
A
35
440 V
A
2.9
600 V
A
1.4
Utilization category DC-3 and DC-5, shunt-wound and serieswound motors (L/R ≤ 15 ms)
Rated operational current Ie(at 60 °C)
176
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
Type
3RT20
23
Size
S0
3RT20
24
3RT20
25
3RT20
26
3RT20
27
3RT20
28
Main circuit
Current carrying capacity for direct current
- 1 current path
Up to 24 V
A
20
60 V
A
5
110 V
A
2.5
220 V
A
1
440 V
A
0.09
600 V
A
0.06
Up to 24 V
A
35
60 V
A
35
110 V
A
15
220 V
A
3
440 V
A
0.27
600 V
A
0.16
Up to 24 V
A
35
60 V
A
35
110 V
A
35
220 V
A
10
440 V
A
0.6
600 V
A
0.6
No-load switching
frequency AC
h-1
5000
No-load switching
frequency DC
h-1
1500
Dependency of switching
AC-1 (AC/DC)
frequency z’on operational current I’
AC-2 (AC/DC)
and operational voltage U’:
h-1
1000
h-1
1000
750
AC-3 (AC/DC)
h-1
1000
750
AC-4 (AC/DC)
h-1
300
250
h-1
15
- 2 current paths in
series
- 3 current paths in
series
Switching frequency
Switching frequency z in operating cycles/hour
•
Contactors without overload
relay
z’ = z ⋅(Ie/I’) ⋅(400 V/U’)1.5 ⋅1/h
•
Contactors with overload relay (mean value)
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
177
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
3.1.12 Conductor cross-sections - 3RT202. contactors
3.1.12 Conductor cross-sections - 3RT202. contactors
Table3-21
Conductor cross-sections ‑ 3RT202. contactors
Type
3RT20 23
Size
S0
3RT20 24
3RT20 25
3RT20 26
3RT20 27
3RT20 28
Conductor cross-sections (1-wire or 2-wire
connection possible)
Main conductor
Screw connection
Conductor cross-section
•
•
•
•
Solid + stranded
mm2
2 x (1 to 2.5)1); 2 x (2.5 to 10)1) acc. to IEC 60947
Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2
2 x (1 to 2.5)1); 2 x (2.5 to 6)1); max. 1 x 10
AWG cables, solid or stranded
2 x (16 to 12); 2 x (14 to 8)
AWG
Connection screws
- Tightening torque
M4 (Pozidriv size PZ 2)
Nm
2 to 2.5 (18 to 22 lb.in.)
(lb.in.)
Auxiliary conductor
Conductor cross-section
•
•
•
•
Solid + stranded
mm2
2 x (0.5 to 1.5)1); 2 x (0.75 to 2.5)1) acc. to IEC 60947
Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2
2 x (0.5 to 1.5)1); 2 x (0.75 to 2.5)1)
Solid or stranded AWG (2 x)
2 x (20 to 16)1); 2 x (18 to 14)1)
AWG
Connection screws
- Tightening torque
M3
Nm
0.8 to 1.2 (7 to 10.3 lb.in.)
(lb.in.)
Main conductor
Spring-loaded connection
Conductor cross-section
•
•
•
•
Solid + stranded
mm2
2 x (1 to 10)
Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2
2 x (1 to 6)
Finely stranded without end
sleeve
mm2
2 x (1 to 6)
AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG
2 x (18 to 8)
mm2
2 x (0.5 to 2.5)
Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2
2 x (0.5 to 1.5)
Finely stranded without end
sleeve
2 x (0.5 to 1.5)
Auxiliary conductor
Conductor cross-section
•
•
•
178
Solid + stranded
mm2
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
Type
3RT20 23
Size
S0
3RT20 24
3RT20 25
3RT20 26
3RT20 27
3RT20 28
Conductor cross-sections (1-wire or 2-wire
connection possible)
•
AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG
2 x (20 to 14)
Main conductor
Ring cable lug connection
Connection screw
M4 (Pozidriv size PZ 2)
•
•
•
Operating tool
∅ 5 to 6
Tightening torque
Nm
2 to 2.5
Usable ring cable lugs
mm
d2 = min. 4.3
mm
d3 = min. 12.2
- DIN 46237 with
insulating sleeve
- JIS C2805 type RAV
with insulating sleeve
- JIS C2805 type RAP
with insulating sleeve
- DIN 46234 without
insulating sleeve
- DIN 46225 without
insulating sleeve
A shrink-on sleeve must be used to provide additional insulation for the ring
cable lugs 1).
•
•
•
- JIS C2805 type R
without insulating
sleeve
Application temperature: -55 °C/+155 °C
UL 224 approved
Flame-protected
Auxiliary conductor
Connection screw
•
•
•
M3 (Pozidriv size PZ 2)
Operating tool
∅ 5 to 6
Tightening torque
Nm
0.8 to 1.2
Usable ring cable lugs
mm
d2 = min. 3.2
mm
d3 = min. 7.5
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
179
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
3.1.13 Rated data
Type
3RT20 23
Size
S0
3RT20 24
3RT20 25
3RT20 26
3RT20 27
3RT20 28
Conductor cross-sections (1-wire or 2-wire
connection possible)
- DIN 46237 with
insulating sleeve
- JIS C2805 type RAV
with insulating sleeve
- JIS C2805 type RAP
with insulating sleeve
- DIN 46234 without
insulating sleeve
- DIN 46225 without
insulating sleeve
A shrink-on sleeve must be used to provide additional insulation for the ring
cable lugs 1).
•
•
•
- JIS C2805 type R
without insulating
sleeve
Application temperature: -55 °C/+155 °C
UL 224 approved
Flame-protected
1)
If two different conductor cross-sections are being connected to one clamping point, both cross-sections must be located in
the range indicated. If identical cross-sections are used, this restriction does not apply.
3.1.13 Rated data
Table3-22
CSA and UL rated data (3RT201. contactors)
Type
3RT20 15
Size
S00
3RT20 16
3RT20 17
3RT20 18
CSA and UL rated data
Rated insulation voltage
Continuous current,
at 40 °C
•
V AC
600
A
20
At 200 V
hp
1.5
2
3
3
230 V
hp
2
3
3
5
460 V
hp
3
5
7.5
10
575 V
hp
5
7.5
10
10
Open and encapsulated
Maximum horsepower ratings
(CSA- and UL-approved values)
•
180
Rated powers of threephase motors at 60 Hz
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
Type
3RT20 15
Size
S00
3RT20 16
3RT20 17
3RT20 18
CSA and UL rated data
kA
5
A
40
Circuit breakers with
A
overload protection acc. to
UL 489
50
Short-circuit protection 1)
(contactor or overload relay)
•
•
•
At 600 V
Fuse class RK5
Combination motor controller type E to UL 508
- At 480 V
- At 600 V
Type
---
---
---
---
A
---
---
---
---
kA
---
---
---
---
Type
---
---
---
---
A
---
---
---
---
kA
---
---
---
---
1)
For more detailed information about short-circuit values, e.g. for protection against high short-circuit currents, see the UL
reports for the individual devices.
NEMA/EEMAC ratings
NEMA/EEMAC size
hp
---
0
- Open
A
---
18
- Encapsulated
A
---
18
At 200 V
hp
---
3
230 V
hp
---
3
460 V
hp
---
5
575 V
hp
---
5
Continuous current
•
Rated powers of threephase motors at 60 Hz
Overload relay
•
•
Type
Setting range
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
3RU2116/3RB3016
A
0.11 to 16 / 0.1 to 16
181
Technical data
3.1 Contactors for switching motors
Table3-23
CSA and UL rated data (3RT202. contactors)
Type
3RT20 23 3RT20 24 3RT20 25 3RT20 26 3RT20 27 3RT20
28
Size
S0
CSA and UL rated data
Rated insulation voltage
Continuous current,
at 40 °C
•
V AC
600
A
35
At 200 V
hp
2
3
5
7.5
10
10
230 V
hp
3
3
5
7.5
10
10
460 V
hp
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
575 V
hp
7.5
10
15
20
25
25
At 600 V
kA
5
Fuse class RK5
A
45
45
45
70
110
110
Circuit breakers
with overload
protection acc.
to UL 489
A
70
70
70
100
100
100
Open and
encapsulated
42
Maximum horsepower ratings
(CSA- and UL-approved values)
•
Rated powers of threephase motors at 60 Hz
Short-circuit protection 1)
(contactor or overload relay)
•
•
•
Combination motor controller type E to UL 508
- At 480 V
- At 600 V
Type
3RV202
A
---2)
kA
---2)
Type
3RV202
A
---2)
kA
---2)
1)
For more detailed information about short-circuit values, e.g. for protection against high short-circuit currents, see the UL
reports for the individual devices.
2)
Values available in October 2010.
NEMA/EEMAC ratings
NEMA/EEMAC size
hp
---
1
- Open
A
---
27
- Encapsulated
A
---
27
Continuous current
182
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.2 Contactors for specific applications
3.2 Contactors
3.2.1
General data,
for specific
short-circuit
applications
protection for contactors without overload relay and actuation
Type
3RT20 23 3RT20 24 3RT20 25 3RT20 26 3RT20 27 3RT20
28
Size
S0
CSA and UL rated data
•
Rated powers of threephase motors at 60 Hz
At 200 V
hp
---
7.5
230 V
hp
---
7.5
460 V
hp
---
10
575 V
hp
---
10
7.7
Overload relay
•
•
Type
3RU2126/3RB3026
Setting range
A
1.8 to 40 / 0.1 to 40
3.2
Contactors for specific applications
3.2.1
General data, short-circuit protection for contactors without overload relay and
actuation
Table3-24
General data - 3RT231. and 3RT232. contactors
Type
3RT2316
3RT2317
3RT2325
Size
S00
S0
10 million
3RT2326
3RT2327
General data
Permissible mounting position 1)
Mechanical durability
Operating
cycles
30 million
Electrical durability
Operating
cycles
Approx. 0.5 million
Rated insulation voltage U i (pollution V
degree 3)
Permissible
ambient
temperature
•
•
Operation
°C
-25 ... +60
Storage
°C
-55 ... +80
Device
IP20
Degree of protection to EN 60947‑1,
Annex C
Touch protection acc. to DIN EN 50274
1)
690
IP20 (terminal
compartment IP00)
Finger-safe
Corresponding to the relevant 3‑pole 3RT2. contactors.
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
183
Technical data
3.2 Contactors for specific applications
Table3-25
Short-circuit protection for contactors without overload relay (3RT231. and 3RT232. contactors)
Type
3RT2316
Size
S00
3RT2317
3RT2325
3RT2326
3RT2327
S0
Short-circuit protection for contactors without overload relay
Main circuit
Fuse links, operating
class gL/gG
NH 3NA, DIAZED 5SB,
NEOZED 5SE
Acc. to IEC 60947‑4‑1/
DIN EN 60947‑4‑1
1)
•
•
•
Type of
coordination
"1"1)
A
35
63
160
Type of
coordination
"2"1)
A
20
25 / 35
63
Weld-free
A
10
16
50
Corresponding to the relevant 3‑pole 3RT2. contactors.
Table3-26
Actuation of 3RT231. and 3RT232. contactors
Type
3RT2316
3RT2317
3RT2325
3RT2326
Size
S00
S0
---
0.8 to 1.1 x US
50 Hz
0.8 to 1.1 x US
---
60 Hz
0.85 to 1.1 x US
---
3RT2327
Actuation
Magnet coil operating range AC/DC
•
•
AC operation
DC operation
Up to 50 ° 0.8 to 1.1 x US
C
---
Up to 60 ° 0.85 to 1.1 x US
C
---
Magnet coil power input (for cold coil and 1.0 x US)
•
AC operation, 50 Hz, standard version
- Switch-on power
VA
- cos ϕ
- Holding power
VA
- cos ϕ
•
184
---
77
---
0.82
---
9.8
---
0.25
AC operation, 50/60 Hz, standard version
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.2 Contactors for specific applications
Type
3RT2316
Size
S00
3RT2317
3RT2325
3RT2326
3RT2327
S0
Actuation
- Switch-on power
VA
- cos ϕ
- Holding power
VA
- cos ϕ
•
VA
- cos ϕ
- Holding power
VA
- cos ϕ
81/79
0.8/0.75
0.8/0.75
0.72/0.74
4.2/3.3
5.7/4.4
10.5/8.5
0.25/0.25
0.25/0.25
0.25/0.28
26.4
36
77
0.81
0.8
0.82
4.4
5.9
9.8
0.24
0.24
0.25
31.7
43
87
0.77
0.77
0.76
4.8
6.5
9.4
0.25
0.25
0.28
AC operation, 60 Hz, USA/Canada
- Switch-on power
VA
- cos ϕ
- Holding power
VA
- cos ϕ
•
37/33
AC operation, 50 Hz, USA/Canada
- Switch-on power
•
27/24.3
DC operation
- Switch-on power =
holding power
W
4
5.9
Permissible residual current of electronics (with 0
signal)
•
AC operation
mA
< 4 mA x (239 V/US); the < 6 mA x (230 V/US)
use of the additional
load module
3RT2916‑1GA00 is
recommended at higher
residual currents.
•
DC operation
mA
< 10 mA x (24 V/US); the < 16 mA x (24 V/US)
use of the additional
load module
3RT2916‑1GA00 is
recommended at higher
residual currents.
Switching times at 0.8 to 1.1 x U S 1)
Total break time = opening delay + arcing time
•
AC operation
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
185
Technical data
3.2 Contactors for specific applications
3.2.2 Main circuit - 3RT231. and 3RT232.
Type
3RT2316
Size
S00
3RT2317
3RT2325
3RT2326
3RT2327
S0
Actuation
•
•
- Closing delay
ms
9 to 35
8 to 33
9 to 38
8 to 40
- Opening delay
ms
3.5 to 14
4 to 15
4 ... 16
4 to 16
- Closing delay
ms
30 to 100
30 to 100
50 to 170
- Opening delay
ms
7 to 13
7 to 13
15 to 17.5
ms
10 to 15
- Closing delay
ms
9.5 to 24
9 to 22
10 to 18
- Opening delay
ms
4 to 14
4.5 to 15
4 to 16
- Closing delay
ms
35 to 50
35 to 50
55 to 80
- Opening delay
ms
7 to 12
7 to 12
16 to 17
DC operation
Arcing time
10
Switching times at 1.0 x U S 1)
•
•
AC operation
10 to 17
DC operation
1)
The OFF-delay times of the NO contacts and the ON-delay times of the NC contacts increase if the contactor coils are
attenuated against voltage peaks (varistor +2 ms to 5 ms, diode combination: 2x to 6x).
3.2.2
Main circuit - 3RT231. and 3RT232.
Table3-27
Main circuit ‑ Current carrying capacity for alternating current (3RT231. and 3RT232. contactors)
Type
3RT2316
Size
S00
3RT2317
3RT2325
3RT2326
3RT2327
S0
Main circuit
Current carrying capacity for alternating current
Utilization category AC-1, switching resistive loads
•
186
Rated operational currents
Ie
At 40 °C,
up to
690 V
A
18
22
35
40
50
At 60 °C,
up to
690 V
A
16
20
30
35
42
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.2 Contactors for specific applications
Type
3RT2316
Size
S00
3RT2317
3RT2325
3RT2326
3RT2327
S0
Main circuit
Current carrying capacity for alternating current
•
•
Rated powers of threephase current loads
cos ϕ = 0.95 (at 60 °C)
At 230 V
kW
6.5
7.5
11
13
16
400 V
kW
11
13
20
23
28
Minimum conductor crosssection for loads with Ie
At 40 °C
mm2
2.5
10
At 60 °C
mm2
2.5
10
Utilization category AC-2 and AC-3
•
•
Rated operational currents
Ie(at 60 °C)
At 60 °C,
up to
400 V
A
9
Rated powers of slip-ring or
squirrel-cage motors at
50 Hz and at 60 Hz
At 230 V
kW
3
400 V
kW
4
Table3-28
12
17
4
5.5
7.5
Main circuit ‑ Current carrying capacity for direct current (3RT231. and 3RT232. contactors)
Type
3RT2316
Size
S00
3RT2317
3RT2325
3RT2326
3RT2327
S0
Main circuit
Current carrying capacity for direct current
Utilization category DC-1, switching resistive
loads (L/R ≤1 ms)
•
Rated operational currents Ie(at 60 °C)
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
187
Technical data
3.2 Contactors for specific applications
Type
3RT2316
Size
S00
3RT2317
3RT2325
3RT2326
3RT2327
35
42
S0
Main circuit
Current carrying capacity for direct current
- 1 current
path
- 2 current
paths in
series
- 3 current
paths in
series
- 4 current
paths in
series
Up to
24 V
A
16
20
30
60 V
A
16
20
20
110 V
A
2.1
4.5
220 V
A
0.8
1
440 V
A
0.6
0.4
Up to
24 V
A
16
20
30
35
42
60 V
A
16
20
30
35
42
110 V
A
12
30
35
42
220 V
A
1.6
1
440 V
A
0.8
1
Up to
24 V
A
16
20
30
35
42
60 V
A
16
20
30
35
42
110 V
A
16
20
30
35
42
220 V
A
16
20
30
35
42
440 V
A
1.3
Up to
24 V
A
16
20
30
35
42
60 V
A
16
20
30
35
42
110 V
A
16
20
30
35
42
220 V
A
16
20
30
35
42
440 V
A
1.3
2.9
2.9
Utilization category DC-3/DC-5, shuntwound and series-wound motors (L/
R ≤ 15 ms)
•
188
Rated operational currents Ie(at 60 °C)
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.2 Contactors for specific applications
Type
3RT2316
Size
S00
3RT2317
3RT2325
3RT2326
3RT2327
S0
Main circuit
Current carrying capacity for direct current
- 1 current
path
- 2 current
paths in
series
- 3 current
paths in
series
- 4 current
paths in
series
Up to
24 V
A
16
60 V
A
0.5
5
110 V
A
0.15
2.5
220 V
A
---
---
1
440 V
A
---
---
0.09
Up to
24 V
A
16
20
30
35
42
60 V
A
5
30
35
42
110 V
A
0.35
15
220 V
A
---
---
3
440 V
A
---
---
0.27
Up to
24 V
A
16
20
30
35
42
60 V
A
16
20
30
35
42
110 V
A
16
20
30
35
42
220 V
A
1.5
10
440 V
A
0.2
0.6
Up to
24 V
A
16
20
30
35
42
60 V
A
16
20
30
35
42
110 V
A
16
20
30
35
42
220 V
A
1.5
30
35
42
440 V
A
0.2
0.6
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
20
189
Technical data
3.2 Contactors for specific applications
3.2.3
General data, short-circuit protection for contactors without overload relay and
actuation
Table3-29
3.2.3 General data, short-circuit protection for contactors without overload relay and actuation
General data - 3RT251. and 3RT252. contactors
Type
3RT2516
Size
S00
3RT2517
3RT2518
3RT2526
S0
General data
Permissible mounting position 1)
Mechanical durability
Operati 30 million
ng
cycles
Electrical durability
Operati Approx. 0.5 million
ng
cycles
Rated insulation voltage U i (pollution degree 3)
V
690
Operation
°C
‑25 … + 60
Storage
°C
‑55 … + 80
Permissible ambient
temperature
•
•
Degree of protection to EN 60947‑1, Annex C
IP20
Touch protection acc. to DIN EN 50274
Finger-safe
1)
10 million
IP20
(terminal
compartment
IP00)
Corresponding to the relevant 3‑pole 3RT2. contactors.
Table3-30
Short-circuit protection for contactors without overload relay (3RT251. and 3RT252. contactors)
Type
3RT2516
Size
S00
3RT2517
3RT2518
3RT2526
S0
Short-circuit protection for contactors without overload relay
Main circuit
Fuse links, gL/gG
NH 3NA, DIAZED 5SB,
NEOZED 5SE
Acc. to IEC 60947‑4‑1/
DIN EN 60947‑4‑1
190
•
•
•
Type of coordination
"1"
A
35
63
Type of coordination
"2"
A
20
35
Weld-free
V
10
16
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.2 Contactors for specific applications
Table3-31
Actuation of 3RT251. and 3RT252. contactors
3.2.4 Main circuit - 3RT251. and 3RT252.
Type
3RT2516
Size
S00
3RT2517
3RT2518
3RT2526
S0
Actuation
Magnet coil operating range
See
3RT2316
See 3RT2317
See
3RT2326
Magnet coil power input (for cold coil and 1.0 x US)
See
3RT2316
See 3RT2317
See
3RT2326
Switching times at 0.8 to 1.1 x U S
See
3RT2316
See 3RT2317
See
3RT2326
Total break time = opening delay + arcing time
3.2.4
Main circuit - 3RT251. and 3RT252.
Table3-32
Main circuit ‑ Current carrying capacity for alternating current (3RT251. and 3RT252. contactors)
Type
3RT2516
Size
S00
3RT2517
3RT2518
3RT2526
S0
Main circuit
Current carrying capacity for alternating current
Utilization category AC-1, switching resistive loads
•
•
•
Rated operational currents
Ie
At 40 °C up to 690 V
A
18
22
22
40
At 60 °C up to 690 V
A
16
20
20
20
Rated powers of threephase current loads
cos ϕ = 0.95 (at 60 °C)
At 230 V
kW
6.5
7.5
7.5
15
400 V
kW
11
13
13
26
Minimum conductor crosssection for loads with Ie
At 40 °C
mm2
2.5
2.5
2.5
10
Utilization category AC-2 and AC-3 1)
•
•
1)
Rated operational currents
Ie(at 60 °C)
Up to 400 V
A
9
13 / 9
16 / 9
25
Rated powers of slip-ring or
squirrel-cage motors at
50 Hz and at 60 Hz
At 230 V
kW
3
3 / 2.2
4 / 2.2
5.5
400 V
kW
4
5.5 / 4
7.5 / 4
11
The values after the slash apply for the NC contact.
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
191
Technical data
3.2 Contactors for specific applications
Table3-33
Main circuit ‑ Current carrying capacity for direct current (3RT251. and 3RT252. contactors)
Type
3RT2516
Size
S00
3RT2517
3RT2518
3RT2526
S0
Main circuit
Current carrying capacity for direct current
Utilization category DC-1, switching resistive loads (L/
R ≤1 ms)
•
Rated operational currents Ie(at 60 °C)
- 1 current path
- 2 current paths in
series
Up to 24 V
A
16
20
20
35
60 V
A
16
20
20
20
110 V
A
2.1
2.1
2.1
4.5
220 V
A
0.8
0.8
0.8
1
440 V
A
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.4
Up to 24 V
A
16
20
20
35
60 V
A
16
20
20
35
110 V
A
12
12
12
35
220 V
A
1.6
1.6
1.6
5
440 V
A
0.8
0.8
0.8
1
Utilization category DC-3/DC-5 1) , shunt-wound and serieswound motors (L/R ≤ 15 ms)
•
Rated operational currents Ie(at 60 °C)
- 1 current path
- 2 current paths in series
Up to
24 V
A
16
20
20
20
60 V
A
0.5
0.5
0.5
5
110 V
A
0.15
0.15
0.15
2.5
220 V
A
0.75
0.75
0.75
1
440 V
A
---
---
---
0.09
Up to
24 V
A
16
20
20
35
60 V
A
5
5
5
35
110 V
A
0.35
0.35
0.35
15
220 V
A
---
---
---
3
440 V
A
---
---
---
0.27
1)
For US > 24 V the rated operational currents Ie for the NC contact current paths are equal to 50% of the values for the NO
contact current paths.
192
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.3 Contactors with extended operating range
3.3
Contactors with extended operating range
3.3.1
Contactors for railway applications
Table3-34
3.3 Contactors
3.3.1
Contactors
with
for extended
railway applications
operating range
Contactors with series resistor and coupling relays for railway applications
Type
3RT20 17
3RT20 2.
Size
S00
S0
Magnet coil operating range AC/DC
0.7 to 1.25 x US
0.7 to 1.25 x US
Magnet coil power input (for cold coil and 1.0 x US)
Contactors with series resistor
- Switch-on power
W
13
---
- Holding power
W
4
---
- Switch-on power
W
2.8
4.5
- Holding power
W
2.8
4.5
Standard version
•
Coupling relays for railway applications
(contactors without series resistor)
Vertical mounting position
•
3RT202.‑3K.40:
Special version required
3RT202.‑3K.44-0LA0:
Special version required
Where specifications have not been included the information and technical data for the standard contactors apply.
Table3-35
Contactors with electronic drive
Type
3RT202..‑2XB4..‑0LA2
Size
S0
Magnet coil operating range
0.7 to 1.3 x US
3RT202..‑2XBF4..‑0LA2
Magnet coil power input (for cold coil and
1.0 x US)
- Switch-on power
W
6.7
13.2
- Holding power
W
0.8
1.6
Vertical mounting position
Special version required
Where specifications have not been included the information and technical data for the standard contactors apply.
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
193
Technical data
3.3 Contactors with extended operating range
3.3.2
Coupling relays
3.3.2.1
3RH21 auxiliary coupling relays for switching auxiliary circuits
3.3.2.1.1
3.3.2 Coupling
3.3.2.1
3.3.2.1.1
3RH21
Technical
relays
auxiliary
datacoupling
for 3RH21
relays
auxiliary
for switching
couplingauxiliary
relays circuits
Technical data for 3RH21 auxiliary coupling relays
Unless listed below, the technical data is the same as that for 3RH21 auxiliary contactor relays.
Table3-36
Technical data for 3RH21..-.HB40, 3RH21..-.JB40, 3RH21..-.KB40 contactors
Type
3RH21..-.HB40
Size
S00
Magnet coil operating range
0.7 to 1.25 x US
3RH21..-.JB40
3RH21..-.KB40
With diode
Suppressor diode
Magnet coil power input (with cold
coil)
Switch-on power = holding power
At US = 17 V
W
1.4
At US = 24 V
W
2.8
At US = 30 V
W
4.4
Permissible residual current
of electronics with 0 signal
< 10 mA x (24 V/US)
Magnet coil suppressor circuit
Without
overvoltage
attenuation
Switching times
Switching on at 17 V
- ON-delay NO
ms
40 ... 130
- OFF-delay NC
ms
30 ... 80
- ON-delay NO
ms
35 ... 60
- OFF-delay NC
ms
25 ... 40
- ON-delay NO
ms
25 ... 50
- OFF-delay NC
ms
13 ... 30
At 24 V
At 30 V
Switching off at 17 to 30 V
194
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.3 Contactors with extended operating range
Type
3RH21..-.HB40
Size
S00
3RH21..-.KB40
- OFF-delay NO
ms
70 ... 20
38 ... 65
7 ... 20
- ON-delay NC
ms
20 ... 30
55 ... 75
20 ... 30
Vertical mounting position
Table3-37
3RH21..-.JB40
Please contact your local Siemens office for advice
Technical data for 3RH21..-.MB40-0KT0, 3RH21..-.VB40, 3RH21..-.WB40 contactors
Type
3RH21..-.MB40-0KT0
3RH21..-.VB40
3RH21..-.WB40
Size
S00
S00
S00
Magnet coil operating range
0.85 to 1.85 x US
Built-in diode
Suppressor diode
Magnet coil power input (for cold coil)
Switch-on power = holding power at US = 24 V
W
1.6
Permissible residual current
of electronics with 0 signal
mA
< 8 mA x (24 V/US)
Magnet coil suppressor circuit
Diode, varistor or RC
element attachable
Operating times for coupling relays
Switching on at 20.5 V
- OFF-delay NC
ms
20 ... 110
- ON-delay NO
ms
30 ... 120
- ON-delay NO
ms
25 ... 90
- OFF-delay NC
ms
15 ... 80
- OFF-delay NC
ms
10 ... 50
- ON-delay NO
ms
15 ... 60
- OFF-delay NO
ms
5 ... 20
20 ... 80
5 ... 20
- ON-delay NC
ms
10 ... 30
30 ... 90
10 ... 30
At 24 V
At 44 V
Switching off at 17 to 30 V
Vertical mounting position
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Please contact your local Siemens office for advice
195
Technical data
3.3 Contactors with extended operating range
3.3.2.2
3RT20 coupling relays for switching motors
3.3.2.2 3RT20
3.3.2.2.1
Technical
coupling
datarelays
for 3RT20
for switching
couplingmotors
relays
3.3.2.2.1
Technical data for 3RT20 coupling relays
Unless listed below, the technical data is the same as that for 3RT20 contactors for switching motors.
Table3-38
General data and actuation for coupling relays 3RT201.‑..B4. and 3RT202.‑..B4.
Type
3RT201.-.HB4.
Size
S00
3RT201.-.JB4.
3RT201.-.KB4.
3RT202.-.KB4.
S0
General data
Mechanical durability
Operati 30 million
ng
cycles
Protective separation between coil and
main contacts acc. to DIN EN 60947‑1,
Annex N
V
10 million
400
Actuation
Magnet coil operating range
Magnet coil power
input (for cold coil)
Switch-on power =
holding power
0.7 to 1.25 x US
At US 17 V
W
1.4
2.3
24 V
W
2.8
4.5
30 V
W
4.4
7
mA
< 10 mA x (24 V/US)
< 6 mA x (24 V/
US)
Permissible residual currentof
electronics (with 0 signal)
Magnet coil suppressor circuit
Without
overvoltage
attenuation
With diode
Suppressor
diode
With varistor
Operating times for coupling relays
•
Switching on
- At 17 V
- At 24 V
- At 30 V
•
196
ON-delay NO
ms
40 ... 130
70 ... 270
OFF-delay NC
ms
30 ... 80
60 ... 250
ON-delay NO
ms
35 ... 60
65 ... 90
OFF-delay NC
ms
25 ... 40
55 ... 80
ON-delay NO
ms
25 ... 50
52 ... 65
OFF-delay NC
ms
15 ... 30
43 ... 57
Switching off at 17 to 30 V
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.3 Contactors with extended operating range
Type
3RT201.-.HB4.
Size
S00
3RT201.-.JB4.
3RT201.-.KB4.
3RT202.-.KB4.
S0
General data
Table3-39
OFF-delay NO ms
7 ... 20
38 ... 65
7 ... 20
19 ... 21
ON-delay NC
20 ... 30
55 ... 75
20 ... 30
25 ... 31
ms
General data and actuation (coupling relays 3RT201.-1MB4.-0KT0, 3RT201.‑1VB4., 3RT201.‑1WB4.)
Type
3RT201.-1MB4.‑0KT0
Size
S00
3RT201.‑1VB4.
3RT201.‑1WB4.
With diode
Suppressor diode
General data
Mechanical durability
Operat 30 million
ing
cycles
Protective separation between coil and V
main contacts acc. to DIN EN 60947‑1,
Annex N
400
Actuation
Magnet coil power
input (for cold coil)
Switch-on power =
holding power
At US 24 V
W
1.6
Permissible residual current,vertical mounting
position
On request
Magnet coil suppressor circuit
Without overvoltage
attenuation
Operating times for coupling relays
•
Switching on
- At 20.5 V
- At 24 V
- At 44 V
•
ON-delay NO
ms
30 ... 120
OFF-delay NC
ms
20 ... 110
ON-delay NO
ms
25 ... 90
OFF-delay NC
ms
15 ... 80
ON-delay NO
ms
15 ... 60
OFF-delay NC
ms
10 ... 50
Switching off at 17 to 30 V
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
197
Technical data
3.4 3RH2 contactor relays
3.4 3RH2
3.4.1
Permissible
contactor
mounting
relays position, positively driven operation of contacts and contact reliability of 3RH2 contactor relays
Type
3RT201.-1MB4.‑0KT0
Size
S00
3RT201.‑1VB4.
3RT201.‑1WB4.
General data
OFF-delay NO
ms
5 ... 20
20 ... 80
5 ... 20
ON-delay NC
ms
10 ... 30
30 ... 90
10 ... 30
3.4
3RH2 contactor relays
3.4.1
Permissible mounting position, positively driven operation of contacts and contact
reliability of 3RH2 contactor relays
Table3-40
Permissible mounting position of 3RH2 contactor relays
Type
3RH2
Size
S00
Permissible mounting position
The contactors are dimensioned for operation
on a vertical mounting plane.
Vertical mounting position:
•
AC and DC operation
•
AC operation
Special version required.
•
198
DC operation
Standard version (please contact your local
Siemens office for advice regarding
3RH21 22‑2K.40 coupling relays with
extended operating range)
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.4 3RH2 contactor relays
Table3-41
Positively driven operation of contacts in the case of 3RH2 contactor relays
Type
3RH2
Size
S00
Positively driven operation of contacts in the case of contactor relays
3RH2:
Yes, in the basic device and the auxiliary switch block as well as
between the basic device and the snap-on auxiliary switch block
(removable) in accordance with:
•
•
Explanation:
There is positively driven operation if it is ensured that the
NC contact and the NO contact cannot be closed at the
same time.
ZH 1/457
DIN EN 60947‑5‑1, Annex L
ZH1/457Safety rules for control units on power-operated
presses in the metalworking industry.
3RH22:
DIN EN 60947‑5‑1, Annex L
Yes, in the basic device and the auxiliary switch block as well as Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear Specific
between the basic device and the snap-on auxiliary switch block requirements to be met by positively driven contacts.
(permanently mounted) in accordance with:
•
•
Table3-42
ZH 1/457
DIN EN 60947‑5‑1, Annex L
Contact reliability of 3RH2 contactor relays
Type
3RH2
Size
S00
Contact reliability
Contact reliability at 17 V, 1 mA acc. to DIN EN 60947‑5‑4
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Frequency of contact faults < 10‑8, i.e. < 1 error per
100 million operating cycles
199
Technical data
3.4 3RH2 contactor relays
3.4.2
General data, rated data
3.4.2 General data, rated data
Table3-43
General data – 3RH2. contactor relays
Type
3RH21, 3RH22
Size
S00
3R24
General data
Mechanical durability
•
•
•
Basic device
Basic device with
snap-on auxiliary
switch block
Operat 30 million
ing
10 million
cycles
Solid-state compatible
auxiliary switch block
5 million
Rated insulation voltage U i (pollution degree 3)
V
690
Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp
kV
6
Protective separation between coil and contacts in basic
device acc. to DIN EN 60947‑1, Annex N
V
400
Operation
°C
-25 … + 60
Storage
°C
-55 … + 80
Permissible ambient
temperature
•
•
5 million
Degree of protection to EN 60947‑1, Annex C
IP20, drive system IP40
Touch protection acc. to DIN EN 50274
Finger-safe
Shock resistance
•
•
Rectangular pulse
Sine pulse
Table3-44
AC operation/DC operation
AC operation/DC operation
g/ms
7.3/5 and 4.7/10
g/ms
> 10/5 and > 5/10
g/ms
11.4/5 and 7.3/10
g/ms
> 15/5 and > 8/10
Short-circuit protection for 3RH2. contactor relays
Type
3RH21, 3RH22
3RH24
Size
S00
S00
Short-circuit protection
(weld-free fuse protection at Ik ≥1 kA)
•
200
Fuse links, operating class gL/gG
- DIAZED, type 5SB
A
10
- NEOZED, type 5SE
A
10
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.4 3RH2 contactor relays
3.4.3 Conductor cross-sections - 3RH2. contactor relays
Type
3RH21, 3RH22
3RH24
Size
S00
S00
Short-circuit protection
•
Or miniature circuit breakers with C characteristic
A
6
(short-circuit current Ik < 400 A)
Table3-45
CSA and UL rated data (3RH2. contactor relays)
Type
3RH21, 3RH22
3RH24
Size
S00
S00
CSA and UL rated data
Basic devices and auxiliary switch blocks
•
•
•
•
Rated control supply voltage
V AC
max. 600
Rated voltage
V AC
600
Switching capacity
Continuous current at 240 V AC
3.4.3
Table3-46
A 600, Q 600
A
10
Conductor cross-sections - 3RH2. contactor relays
Conductor cross-sections ‑ 3RH2. contactor relays
Type
3RH21, 3RH22
3RH24
Size
S00
S00
Conductor cross-sections (1-wire or 2-wire connection possible)
Auxiliary conductor connections and coil terminals
•
•
•
•
Screw connection
Solid + stranded
mm2
2 x (0.5 to 1.5); 2 x (0.75 to 2.5) acc. to IEC 60947;
max. 2 x 4
Finely stranded with end sleeve
mm2
2 x (0.5 to 1.5); 2 x (0.75 to 2.5)
AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG
2 x (20 to 16); 2 x (18 to 14); 2 x 12
Connection screws
- Tightening torque
M3
Nm
0.8 to 1.2 (7 to 10.3 lb.in.)
(lb.in.)
Auxiliary conductor connections and coil terminals (basic device)
•
•
•
Spring-loaded connection
Solid + stranded
mm2
2 x (0.5 to 4)
Finely stranded with end sleeve
mm2
2 x (0.5 to 2.5)
Finely stranded without end sleeve
mm2
2 x (0.5 to 2.5)
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
201
Technical data
3.4 3RH2 contactor relays
Type
3RH21, 3RH22
3RH24
Size
S00
S00
Conductor cross-sections (1-wire or 2-wire connection possible)
•
AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG
2 x (20 to 12)
Auxiliary conductor connections for auxiliary switch block mounted on
the front
•
•
•
•
Solid
mm2
2 x (0.5 to 2.5)
Finely stranded with end sleeve
mm2
2 x (0.5 to 1.5)
Finely stranded without end sleeve
mm2
2 x (0.5 to 1.5)
AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG
2 x (20 to 14)
Auxiliary conductor connections and coil terminals
Ring cable lug connection
Connection screw
M3 (Pozidriv size PZ 2)
•
•
•
Operating tool
mm
∅5…6
Tightening torque
Nm
0.8 to 1.2
Usable ring cable lugs
mm
d2 = min. 3.2
mm
d3 = max. 7.5
- DIN 46237 with insulating sleeve
- JIS C2805 type RAV with insulating sleeve
- JIS C2805 type RAP with insulating sleeve
- DIN 46234 without insulating sleeve
- DIN 46225 without insulating sleeve
- JIS C2805 type R without insulating sleeve
A shrink-on sleeve must be used to provide additional
insulation for the ring cable lugs 1).
•
•
•
202
Application temperature: -55 °C/+155 °C
UL 224 approved
Flame-protected
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.4 3RH2 contactor relays
3.4.4
Actuation - 3RH2. contactor relays
3.4.4 Actuation - 3RH2. contactor relays
Table3-47
Actuation ‑ 3RH2. contactor relays
Type
3RH2.
Size
S00
Actuation
Magnet coil operating range
AC operation
At 50 Hz
0.8 to 1.1 x US
At 60 Hz
0.85 to 1.1 x US
At + 50 °C
0.8 to 1.1 x US
At + 60 °C
0.85 to 1.1 x US
- Switch-on power
VA/cos ϕ
37 / 0.8
- Holding power
VA/cos ϕ
5.7 / 0.25
- Switch-on power
VA/cos ϕ
33 / 0.75
- Holding power
VA/cos ϕ
44 / 0.25
W
4.0
AC operation1)
mA
< 4 mA (230 V/US)
DC operation
mA
< 10 mA (24 V/US)
ms
8 ... 33
1.0 x US
ms
9 ... 22
Minimum operating time 3RH24
ms
≥ 35
ms
6 ... 25
ms
6.5 ... 19
DC operation
Magnet coil power input (for cold coil and 1.0 x US)
•
•
•
AC operation, 50 Hz, standard version
AC operation, 60 Hz
DC operation
- Switch-on power = holding power
Permissible residual current of electronics (with 0 signal)
•
•
Switching times 2)
Total break time = opening delay + arcing time
AC operation
•
Values apply with coil in cold state and at
operating temperature for operating
range
Switching on
- ON-delay NO contact 0.8 ... 1.1 x US
- OFF-delay NC contact 0.8 ... 1.1 x US
1.0 x US
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
203
Technical data
3.4 3RH2 contactor relays
Type
3RH2.
Size
S00
Actuation
•
Switching off
- OFF-delay NO contact 0.8 ... 1.1 x US
- ON-delay NC contact
ms
4 ... 15
1.0 x US
ms
4.5 ... 15
Minimum operating time 3RH24
ms
≥ 30
0.8 ... 1.1 x US
ms
5 ... 15
1.0 x US
ms
5 ... 15
ms
30 ... 100
1.0 x US
ms
20 ... 50
Minimum operating time 3RH24
ms
≥ 100
ms
25 ... 90
ms
30 ... 45
ms
7 ... 13
1.0 x US
ms
7 ... 12
Minimum operating time 3RH24
ms
≥ 30
0.8 ... 1.1 x US
ms
13 ... 19
1.0 x US
ms
13 ... 18
ms
10 ... 15
DC operation
•
Switching on
- ON-delay NO contact 0.8 ... 1.1 x US
- OFF-delay NC contact 0.8 ... 1.1 x US
1.0 x US
•
Switching off
- OFF-delay NO contact 0.8 ... 1.1 x US
- ON-delay NC contact
Arcing time
Dependency of switching frequency z’on operational current I’ and operational
voltage U’
z’ = z ⋅ Ie/I’ ⋅ (Ue/U’)1.5 ⋅ 1/h
1)
The use of the additional load module 3RT2916‑1GA00 is recommended at higher residual currents.
2)
The OFF-delay times of the NO contacts and the ON-delay times of the NC contacts increase if the contactor coils are
attenuated against voltage peaks (suppression diode 6x to 10x; diode combination 2x to 6x; varistor +2 to 5 ms).
204
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.4 3RH2 contactor relays
3.4.5
Table3-48
Load side of 3RH2. contactor relays
3.4.5 Load side of 3RH2. contactor relays
Load side ‑ 3RH2. contactor relays
Type
3RH2.
Size
S00
Load side
Rated operational currents I e
AC-12
AC-15/AC-14 at rated operational voltage US
A
10
Up to 230 V
A
10
400 V
A
3
500 V
A
2
680 V
1
DC-12 at rated operational voltage US
•
•
•
1 current path
2 current paths in series
3 current paths in series
24 V
A
6
60 V
A
6
110 V
A
3
220 V
A
1
440 V
A
0.3
600 V
A
0.15
24 V
A
10
60 V
A
10
110 V
A
4
220 V
A
2
440 V
A
1.3
600 V
A
0.65
24 V
A
10
60 V
A
10
110 V
A
10
220 V
A
3.6
440 V
A
2.5
600 V
A
1.8
DC-13 at rated operational voltage US
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
205
Technical data
3.4 3RH2 contactor relays
Type
3RH2.
Size
S00
Load side
•
•
•
1 current path
2 current paths in series
3 current paths in series
24 V
A
6
60 V
A
2
110 V
A
1
220 V
A
0.3
440 V
A
0.14
600 V
A
0.1
24 V
A
10
60 V
A
3.5
110 V
A
1.3
220 V
A
0.9
440 V
A
0.2
600 V
A
0.1
24 V
A
10
60 V
A
4.7
110 V
A
3
220 V
A
1.2
440 V
A
0.5
600 V
A
0.26
h-1
1000
h-1
1000
h-1
1000
h-1
10000
Switching frequency z
•
in operating cycles/hour during rated operation for utilization AC-12/DC-12
category
AC-15/AC-14
DC-13
•
No-load switching frequency
Dependency of switching frequency z’on operational current I’
and operational voltage U’
z’ = z ⋅ Ie/I’ ⋅ (Ue/U’)1.5 ⋅ 1/h
1)
Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks: 6 A.
206
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.5 Accessories for 3RT2 contactors and 3RH2 contactor relays
3.5
Accessories for 3RT2 contactors and 3RH2 contactor relays
3.5.1
General data - Pneumatic timer 3RT2926-2P.
3.5 Accessories
3.5.1
General data
for -3RT2
Pneumatic
contactors
timerand
3RT2926-2P.
3RH2 contactor relays
Table3-49
General data for the pneumatic delay block 3RT2926-2P.
Type
3RT2926‑2P.
Pneumatic delay block1)
General data
Mechanical durability
Operati 5 million
ng
cycles
Electrical durability at I e
Operati 1 million
ng
cycles
Rated insulation voltage U i (pollution degree 3)
V
690
Operation
°C
-25 … + 60
Storage
°C
-50 … + 80
Permissible ambient temperature
•
•
Rated operational currents I e acc. to DIN EN 60947 utilization
categories
•
•
•
AC 12
A
10
Up to 230/220 V
A
6
400/380 V
A
4
500 V
A
2.5
690/660 V
A
1.5
24 V
A
4
48 V
A
2
110 V
A
0.7
220 V
A
0.3
440 V
A
0.15
Solid, stranded
mm2
2 x (0.5 to 2.5)2) or 2 x (2.5 to 4)2)
Finely stranded with end sleeve
mm2
2 x (0.5 to 2.5)
AWG cables
AWG
2 x (22 to 14)
Tightening torque of connection screws
Nm
0.8 to 1.1
AC 15/AC 14 at Ue
DC 13 at Ue
Conductor cross-sections
•
•
•
•
Time delay
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
207
Technical data
3.5 Accessories for 3RT2 contactors and 3RH2 contactor relays
3.5.2 General data - OFF-delay device 3RT2916‑2B.
Type
3RT2926‑2P.
Pneumatic delay block1)
General data
•
Accuracy
± 10 %
CSA and UL rated data
•
•
1)
Rated voltage
V AC
Switching capacity
600
A 600, Q 600
For size S0. No other auxiliary switch blocks are permitted in addition to the pneumatic delay block.
2)
If two different conductor cross-sections are connected to one clamping point, both cross-sections must be located in the
range specified. If identical cross-sections are used, this restriction does not apply.
3.5.2
General data - OFF-delay device 3RT2916‑2B.
Table3-50
OFF-delay device 3RT2916-2B.
Versions
3RT2916‑2BE01
3RT2916‑2BK01
3RT2916‑2BL01
OFF-delay device
Connectable contactor sizes
Notice! Only contactors and contactor relays with DC
drive can be connected!
•
•
DC supply
S00/S0
S00/S0
S00/S0
AC supply
---
S00/S0
S00/S0
•
•
•
•
•
•
Type
3RT20..‑1BB4.
3RH2...‑1BB40
3RT201.‑1BF4.
3RT202.‑1BF4.
3RH2...‑1BF40
•
•
3RT201.‑1BM4
./1BP4.
3RT202.‑1BM4
./1BP4.
3RH2...‑1BM4
0/1BP40
Permissible mounting
position
Rated control supply voltage U S
V
Operating range
Rated frequency(cies)
with AC supply
24 (DC)
110 (DC)
220/230 (UC)
0.9 to 1.1 x US
f
Hz ±5%
---
50 / 60
Ambient temperature, permissible:
•
208
Operation
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.5 Accessories for 3RT2 contactors and 3RH2 contactor relays
Versions
3RT2916‑2BE01
3RT2916‑2BK01
3RT2916‑2BL01
OFF-delay device
•
- Side-by-side mounting
without clearance
Tu
°C -25 … +50
- Side-by-side mounting with
5 mm clearance
Tu
°C -25 … +60
Tu
°C -40 … +80
Storage
OFF-delay 1)
(minimum times at Usp = 0.9 x US, Tsp = 20 °C)
Note:
In practice the mean value is equal to 1.5 times the minimum time.
S00
tOFF >
ms
200
100
500
S0
tOFF >
ms
100
80
300
3RT2916‑2B.01
μF
2000
68
68
Capacitor voltage
V
35
180
350
Installed capacitance C
ON-delay(maximum at Usp = 0.9 x US, Tsp = 20 °C)
Note:
Total ON-delay = contactor ON time + tON
S00
tON >
ms
10
60
200
S0
tON >
ms
10
80
250
0.5
1
Mechanical durability
Operating 30 million
cycles
Electrical durability, approx.
Operating > 1 million
cycles
Switching frequency z max. (at Tu = 60 °C) h-1
300
Power loss P v max. approx.
0.4
W
Surge suppression
With varistor, integrated
Conductor cross-sectionsUsp = coil voltage
Tsp = coil temperature
2)
1)
Doubling the delay time can be achieved by doubling the capacitance. Commercially available
capacitors which can be connected to terminals C+ and Z‑
can be used.
2)
See the table titled "Conductor cross-sections ‑ 3RT201. contactors".
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
209
Technical data
3.5 Accessories for 3RT2 contactors and 3RH2 contactor relays
3.5.3
General data - Terminal module for contactors with screw connection
Table3-51
3.5.3 General data - Terminal module for contactors with screw connection
Terminal module for contactors with screw connection 3RT1900‑4RE01, 3RT1916‑4RD01, 3RT1926‑4RD01
Versions
Terminal module for contactors with screw connection
3RT1900‑4RE01
plugs S00, S0
3RT1916‑4RD01
adapter S00
3RT1926‑4RD01
adapter S0
20
25
General data
Mechanical durability
Operatin
g cycles
10 million
Electrical durability at I e
Operatin
g cycles
1 million
Rated operational voltage U e
V
440
Rated insulation voltage U i
(pollution degree 3)
V
690
Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp (pollution
degree 3)
kV
6
Protective separation acc. to DIN EN 60947‑1
(pollution degree 3)
V
400
Rated operational current I eAC‑3 at 400 V
A
25
Rated frequency f
for AC operation
Hz
50 / 60
Operation
°C
-25 … + 60
Storage
°C
-40 … + 80
Permissible ambient temperature
•
•
Degree of protection in accordance with DIN EN 60529
IP20
Conductor cross-sectionsScrew connection
•
•
•
•
•
•
Solid
mm2
1 x (0.5 to 6)
Finely stranded without/with end sleeve
mm2
1 x (0.5 to 6)
Stranded
mm2
1 x (0.5 to 6)
AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG
1 x (20 to 10)
Tightening torque
Nm
0.6 to 0.8
Corresponding opening tool
Cross-tip screwdriver PZ2
CSA and UL rated data
•
•
•
•
210
Rated operational voltage Ue
V
480
Rated insulation voltage Ui
V
600
Continuous current, at 40 °C
A
16 / 25
16
25
Short-circuit protection 1)
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.5 Accessories for 3RT2 contactors and 3RH2 contactor relays
3.5.4 General data - Mechanical latch 3RT2926‑3A
Versions
Terminal module for contactors with screw connection
3RT1900‑4RE01
plugs S00, S0
3RT1916‑4RD01
adapter S00
3RT1926‑4RD01
adapter S0
General data
•
•
•
At 600 V
kA
5
Fuse class RK5
A
100
60
100
Circuit breakers
with overload
protection acc. to
UL 489
A
100
60
100
1)
For more detailed information about short-circuit values, e.g. for protection against high short-circuit currents, see the UL
reports for the individual devices.
Combination motor controller type E to UL 508
•
•
3.5.4
At 480 V
At 600 V
Type
3RV202
A
22
---
22
kA
65
---
65
Type
3RV202
A
22
---
22
kA
10
---
10
General data - Mechanical latch 3RT2926‑3A
Table3-52
General data 3RT2926‑3A
Contactor
Type
3RT2926‑3A
Size
Mechanical latch for 3RT2.2 contactors
General data
Rated insulation voltage U i (pollution degree 3)
V
Mechanical durability
(operating cycles)
Operati 3 million
ng
cycles
With 3RT2.2
690
Permissible ambient temperature
•
•
Operation
°C
-25 … + 60
Storage
°C
-50 … + 80
Degree of protection to EN 60947‑1, Annex C
IP20
Magnet coil operating rangeat AC 50/60 Hz and DC
0.85 to 1.1 x US
Release solenoid magnet coil power input (for cold
coil and 1.0 x US)
AC and DC operation
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
W
Approx. 4
211
Technical data
3.5 Accessories for 3RT2 contactors and 3RH2 contactor relays
3.5.5 General data - Control side and load side - coupling link 3RH2924‑1GP11
Contactor
Type
3RT2926‑3A
Size
Mechanical latch for 3RT2.2 contactors
General data
Command duration for de-energizing
•
•
AC operation
ms
18 ... 31
DC operation
ms
18 ... 26
mm2
2 x (0.5 to 2.5); 1 x 4
AWG
2 x 14; 1 x 12
mm2
2 x (0.5 to 2.5); 1 x 2.5
AWG
2 x 14; 1 x 12
Nm
0.8 to 1.1
lb.in
7 to 9.5
Conductor cross-sections
•
•
Solid
Finely stranded with end sleeve
Tightening torque of connection screws
3.5.5
General data - Control side and load side - coupling link 3RH2924‑1GP11
Table3-53
General data ‑ Coupling link 3RH2924‑1GP11
Type
3RH2924‑1GP11
Size
Coupling link for mounting on contactors
acc. to IEC 60947/DIN EN 60947
General data
Rated insulation voltage U i (pollution degree 3)
V
Protective separation between coil and contacts acc. V AC
to DIN EN 60947‑1, Annex N
300
Up to 300
Degree of protection to EN 60947‑1, Annex C
•
•
Connections
IP20
Enclosure
IP40
Permissible ambient temperature
•
•
Operation
°C
-25 … + 60
Storage
°C
-40 … + 80
Solid
mm2
2 x (0.5 to 2.5)
Finely stranded with end sleeve
mm2
2 x (0.5 to 1.5)
Conductor cross-section
•
•
212
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
3.5 Accessories for 3RT2 contactors and 3RH2 contactor relays
Type
3RH2924‑1GP11
Size
Coupling link for mounting on contactors
acc. to IEC 60947/DIN EN 60947
General data
Connection screws
M3
Short-circuit protection(weld-free fuse protection at
Ik ≥1 kA)
fuse links, operating class gL/gG
NH 3NA, DIAZED 5SB, NEOZED 5SE
Table3-54
A
6
Control side ‑ Coupling link 3RH2924‑1GP11
Type
3RH2924‑1GP11
Size
Coupling link for mounting on contactors
acc. to IEC 60947/DIN EN 60947
Control side
Rated control supply voltage U S
V DC
24
Operating range
V DC
17 ... 30
Power input at U S
W
0.5
Rated current consumption
mA
20
Release voltage
V
≥4
Function display
Yellow LED
Surge suppressor
Varistor
Table3-55
Load side ‑ Coupling link 3RH2924‑1GP11
Type
3RH2924‑1GP11
Size
Coupling link for mounting on contactors
acc. to IEC 60947/DIN EN 60947
Load side
Mechanical durability
in million
operating
cycles
20
Electrical durability at I e
in million
operating
cycles
0.1
Switching frequency
Operating
cycles
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
h-1
5000
213
Technical data
3.5 Accessories for 3RT2 contactors and 3RH2 contactor relays
Type
3RH2924‑1GP11
Size
Coupling link for mounting on contactors
acc. to IEC 60947/DIN EN 60947
Load side
ON time
ms
Approx. 7
OFF time
ms
Approx. 4
Bounce time
ms
Approx. 2
Contact material
AgSnO
Switching voltage
V AC/DC
24 … 250
Permissible residual current of electronics (with 0
signal)
mA
2.5
Rated operational currents 1)Conventional thermal
current Ith
A
6
Rated operational currents I e acc. to DIN EN 60947 utilization
categories
AC‑15
- At 24 V
A
3
- At 110 V
A
3
- At 230 V
A
3
- At 24 V
A
1
- At 110 V
A
0.2
- At 230 V
A
0.1
DC‑13
Switching current with resistive load acc. to DIN EN 60255 (relay
standard) and DIN EN 60947
AC‑12
- At 24 V
A
6
- At 110 V
A
6
- At 230 V
A
6
- At 24 V
A
6
- At 110 V
A
0.3
- At 230 V
A
0.21)
DC‑12
1) Capacitive
214
loads can result in micro-welding on the contacts.
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
4
4 Technical
4.1
Technical
data
data of inputs and outputs
Technical data
4.1
Technical data of inputs and outputs
Feature
Operating voltage
Data
•
•
Supply from the Power Module
or an external 24 V DC class 2 supply (20.4 V ... 28.8 V) via control terminals 31 and 32, a
maximum of 200 VA.
Use a DVC A power supply with grounded earth (DVC A = decisive voltage class A according
to EN 61800‑5‑1:2007).
Output voltages
24 V (max. 100 mA)
10 V ± 0.5 V (max. 10 mA)
Setpoint resolution
0.01 Hz
Digital inputs
Analog input (differential
input, resolution 12 bits)
Digital outputs / relay
outputs
•
•
•
6 digital inputs, DI 0 … DI 5, isolated;
Low < 5 V, high > 11 V, maximum input voltage 30 V, current consumption 5.5 mA
Response time: 5.5 ms ± 1 ms
AI0: configurable as additional digital inputs
0 V … 10 V, 0 mA … 20 mA and -10 V … +10 V,
Low < 1.6 V, High > 4.0 V
Response time: 10 ms ± 2 ms
•
•
DO 0: relay output, 30 V DC / max. 0.5 A with resistive load
DO 1: transistor output, 30 V DC / max. 0.5 A with resistive load, protection against incorrect
voltage polarity
Update time of all DO: 2 ms
Analog output
Temperature sensor
AO 0: 0 V … 10 V or 0 mA … 20 mA, reference potential: "GND", resolution 16 bit, update time:
4 ms
•
•
•
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
PTC: Short-circuit monitoring 22 Ω, switching threshold 1650 Ω
KTY84
ThermoClick sensor with dry contact
215
Technical data
4.2 High Overload and Low Overload
4.2 High Overload and Low Overload
Feature
Data
•
•
•
Fail-safe Input
If you release the fail-safe function STO, then DI 4 and DI 5 form the fail-safe digital input
Maximum input voltage 30 V, 5.5 mA
Response time:
―
Typical: 5 ms + debounce time p9651
―
Typical, if debounce time = 0: 6 ms
―
Worst-case scenario: 15 ms + debounce time
―
Worst case, if debounce time = 0: 16 ms
PFH
5 × 10E-8
USB-interface
Mini-B
4.2
High Overload and Low Overload
Permissible inverter overload
The inverter has two different power data: "Low Overload" (LO) and "High Overload" (HO), depending on
the expected load.
Figure4-1
Duty cycles, "High Overload" and "Low Overload"
Note
The base load (100% power or current) of "Low Overload" is greater than the base load of "High Overload".
We recommend the "SIZER" engineering software to select the inverter based on duty cycles. See
Configuring support.
Definitions
•
216
LO input current
100 % of the permissible input current for a load cycle according to Low
Overload (LO base load input current).
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
4.3 Common technical power data
4.3 Common technical power data
•
LO output current
100 % of the permissible output current for a load cycle according to Low
Overload (LO base load output current).
LO power
Power of the inverter for LO output current.
HO input current
100 % of the permissible input current for a load cycle according to High
Overload (HO base load input current).
•
HO output current
100 % of the permissible output current for a load cycle according to High
Overload (HO base load output current).
•
HO power
Power of the inverter for HO output current.
•
•
If the power data comprise rated values without any further specifications they always refer to an overload
capability corresponding to Low Overload.
4.3
Common technical power data
Feature
Specification
Line voltage
3-ph. 380 V AC… 480 V + 10 % ‑ 20 %
Input frequency
47 Hz … 63 Hz
Minimum line impedance UK
1%
Power factor λ
0.70
Pulse frequency
4 kHz
The actual permissible line voltage depends on
the installation altitude
The pulse frequency can be increased in 2 kHz steps. A higher pulse frequency reduces
the permissible output current.
Maximum motor cable length
Shielded: 50 m
Unshielded: 100 m
Without choke or output options at 4 kHz switching frequency
25 m (shielded)
To fulfil EMC Category C2 conducted emissions at 4 kHz switching
frequency
Possible braking methods
DC braking, compound braking, dynamic braking with integrated braking chopper
Degree of protection
IP20, cubicle mounting
Operating temperature
-10 °C … +40 °C
Without power derating.
-10 °C … +55 °C
Converter with PROFINET
interface.
-10 °C … +60 °C
Converter with USS, MB,
CANopen or PROFIBUS
interface.
Storage temperature
-40 °C … +70 °C (-40 °F … 158 °F)
Relative humidity
< 95 % RH - condensation not permissible
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
The output power must be
reduced, see also section:
Temperature and voltage
derating (Page 225)
217
Technical data
4.4 Electromagnetic Compatibility
4.4 Electromagnetic Compatibility
Feature
Specification
Installation altitude
Up to 1000 m above sea At higher installation altitudes, the output power must be reduced
level
•
Shock and vibration
•
•
Short Circuit Current Rating
(SCCR)
4.4
Long-term storage in the transport packaging according to Class 1M2 to EN
60721-3-1 : 1997
Transport in the transport packaging according to Class 2M3 to EN 60721-3-2 : 1997
Vibration during operation according to Class 3M2 to EN 60721-3-3 : 1995
65 kA
Electromagnetic Compatibility
The SINAMICS G120 drives have been tested in accordance with the EMC Product Standard
EN 61800-3:2004.
Details see declaration of conformity
EMC Emissions
Note
Install all drives in accordance with the manufacturer’s guidelines and in accordance with good EMC
practices. See also: Installing.
Use screened cable type CY. The maximal cable length is 25 m.
Do not exceed the default switching frequency 4 kHz.
Table4-56
218
Conducted disturbance voltage and radiated emissions
EMC Phenomenon
Converter type
Remark
Level acc. to
IEC 61800‑3
Conducted emissions
(disturbance voltage)
All converters with integrated class A filters.
Category C2
First Environment Professional Use
Order number:
6SL3210-1KE**-*A**
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
4.4 Electromagnetic Compatibility
EMC Phenomenon
Converter type
Remark
Level acc. to
IEC 61800‑3
Radiated emissions
1.
All converters frame sizes A with integrated class A Category C2
filter.
First Environment Order number: 6SL3210-1KE1*-*A**
Professional Use
2.
The following converters frame sizes B with
integrated class A filter.
Order number:
6SL3210-1KE21-*AB* (USS, MB)
6SL3210-1KE21-*AP* (PROFIBUS)
6SL3210-1KE21-*AC* (CANopen)
3.
Converter frame size B
―
with integrated class A filter,
―
with PROFINET interface.
Order number: 6SL3210-1KE21-*AF*.
The converter has to be installed with a line
reactor.
In a domestic environment this product may cause radio
interference in which case supplementary mitigation
measures may be required.
1.
2.
Converter frame size B
―
with integrated class A filter,
―
with PROFINET interface,
Order number: 6SL3210-1KE21-*AF*
In installations without line reactor.
Category C3
Second
Environment
Converter frame size C with integrated class A
filter.
Order number:
6SL3210-1KE22-*A**
6SL3210-1KE23-*A**
This type of PDS is not intended to be used in lowvoltage public power supply network which supplies
domestic premises. Radio frequency interference is
expected if used on such a network.
Harmonic Currents
Table4-57
Harmonic Currents
Typical Harmonic Current (% of rated input current) at UK 1 %
5th
7th
11th
13th
17th
19th
23rd
25th
54
39
11
5
5
3
2
2
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
219
Technical data
4.4 Electromagnetic Compatibility
Note
Units installed within the category C2 (domestic) environment require supply authority acceptance for
connection to the public low-voltage power supply network. Please contact your local supply network
provider.
Units installed within the category C3 (industrial) environment do not require connection approval.
EMC Immunity
The converter has been tested in accordance with the immunity requirements of category C3 (industrial)
environment:
Table4-58
EMC Immunity
EMC Phenomenon
Standard
Level
Performance
Criterion
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD)
EN 61000-4-2
4 kV Contact discharge
A
8 kV Air discharge
Radio-frequency
Electromagnetic Field
EN 61000-4-3
80 MHz … 1000 MHz
A
10 V/m
Amplitude modulated
80 % AM at 1 kHz
Fast Transient Bursts
EN 61000-4-4
2 kV @ 5 kHz
A
Surge Voltage
EN 61000-4-5
1 kV differential (L-L)
A
1.2/50 μs
Conducted
2 kV common (L-E)
EN 61000-4-6
0.15 MHz … 80 MHz
A
10 V/rms
Radio-frequency Common Mode
Mains Interruptions & Voltage
Dips 400 V
80 % AM at 1 kHz
EN 61000-4-11
Interruptions & Voltage Dips 24 V
95 % dip for 3 ms
A
30 % dip for 10 ms
C
60 % dip for 100 ms
C
95 % dip for 5000 ms
D
95 % dip for 3 ms
A1
A
Voltage Distortion
EN 61000-2-4
10 % THD
Voltage Unbalance
EN 61000-2-4
3 % Negative Phase Sequence A
Frequency Variation
EN 61000-2-4
Nominal 50 Hz or 60 Hz (± 4 %) A
Commutation Notches
EN 60146-1-1
Depth = 40 %
A
Area = 250 % x degrees
1
only relevant if 400 V power supply is switched off. The converter reacts to short dips (1 … 3 ms) with
a fault (F30074, can be acknowledged), but does not interrupt the fieldbus communication.
220
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
4.6 Power-dependent technical data
4.5 Power-dependent
4.6
EMC limit values intechnical
South Korea
data
Note
The immunity requirements apply equally to both filtered and unfiltered units.
4.5
EMC limit values in South Korea
The EMC limit values to be complied with for South Korea correspond to the limit values of the EMC
product standard for variable-speed electric drives EN 61800-3, Category C2 or limit value class A, Group
1 according to EN55011. By applying suitable supplementary measures, the limit values according to
Category C2 or according to limit value class A, Group 1 are maintained. Further, additional measures
may be required, for instance, using an additional radio interference suppression filter (EMC filter). The
measures for EMC-compliant design of the system are described in detail in this manual respectively in
the Installation Guideline EMC.
Please note that the final statement on compliance with the standard is given by the respective label
attached to the individual unit.
4.6
Power-dependent technical data
Note
The specified input currents apply for a 400 V line where Vk = 1 % referred to the converter power. When
using a line reactor, the currents are reduced by a few percent.
Table4-59
Order No.
G120C Frame Sizes A, 3 AC 380 V … 480 V, ± 10 % - part 1
6SL3210-…
Uniltered, IP20
Filtered, IP20
… 1KE11-8U*1
… 1KE11-8A*1
… 1KE12-3U*1
… 1KE12-3A*1
… 1KE13-2U*1
… 1KE13-2A*1
Rated / Low Overlaod values
Rated / LO power
Rated / LO input current
Rated / LO Output current
0.55 kW
2.3 A
1.7 A
0.75 kW
2.9 A
2.2 A
1.1 kW
4.1 A
3.1 A
High Overload values
HO power
HO input current
HO output current
0.37 kW
1.9 A
1.3 A
0.55 kW
2.5 A
1.7 A
0.75 kW
3.2 A
2.2 A
Power losses, filtered
Power losses, unfiltered
0.041 kW
0.040 kW
0.045 kW
0.044 kW
0.054 kW
0.053 kW
3NA3 801 (6 A)
10 A class J
3NA3 801 (6 A)
10 A class J
3NA3 801 (6 A)
10 A class J
Fuse according to IEC
Fuse according to UL
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
221
Technical data
4.6 Power-dependent technical data
Order No.
Uniltered, IP20
Filtered, IP20
… 1KE11-8U*1
… 1KE11-8A*1
… 1KE12-3U*1
… 1KE12-3A*1
… 1KE13-2U*1
… 1KE13-2A*1
5 l/s
5 l/s
5 l/s
1.0 … 2.5 mm2
18 … 14 AWG
1.0 … 2.5 mm2
18 … 14 AWG
1.0 … 2.5 mm2
18 … 14 AWG
0.5 Nm
4.4 lbf in
0.5 Nm
4.4 lbf in
0.5 Nm
4.4 lbf in
1.7 kg
1.9 kg
1.7 kg
1.9 kg
1.7 kg
1.9 kg
… 1KE14-3U*1
… 1KE14-3A*1
… 1KE15-8U*1
… 1KE15-8A*1
… 1KE17-5U*1
… 1KE17-5A*1
Rated / Low Overlaod values
Rated / LO power
Rated / LO input current
Rated / LO Output current
1.5 kW
5.5 A
4.1 A
2.2 kW
7.4 A
5.6 A
3.0 kW
9.5 A
7.3 A
High Overload values
HO power
HO input current
HO output current
1.1 kW
4.5 A
3.1 A
1.5 kW
6.0 A
4.1 A
2.2 kW
8.2 A
5.6 A
0.073 kW
0.072 kW
0.091 kW
0.089 kW
0.136 kW
0.132 kW
3NA3 803 (10 A)
10 A class J
3NA3 803 (10 A)
10 A class J
3NA3 805 (16 A)
15 A class J
5 l/s
5 l/s
5 l/s
1.0 … 2.5 mm2
18 … 14 AWG
1.5 … 2.5 mm2
16 … 14 AWG
1.5 … 2.5 mm2
16 … 14 AWG
0.5 Nm
4.4 lbf in
0.5 Nm
4.4 lbf in
0.5 Nm
4.4 lbf in
1.7 kg
1.9 kg
1.7 kg
1.9 kg
1.7 kg
1.9 kg
Required cooling air flow
Cross section of line and motor cable
Tightening torque for line and motor cable
Weight, unfiltered
Weight, filtered
Table4-60
G120C Frame Sizes A, 3 AC 380 V … 480 V, ± 10 % - part 2
6SL3210-…
Order No.
Uniltered, IP20
Filtered, IP20
Power losses, filtered
Power losses, unfiltered
Fuse according to IEC
Fuse according to UL
Required cooling air flow
Cross section of line and motor cable
Tightening torque for line and motor cable
Weight, unfiltered
Weight, filtered
Table4-61
222
G120C Frame Sizes A, 3 AC 380 V … 480 V, ± 10 % - part 3
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
4.6 Power-dependent technical data
6SL3210-…
Order No.
Uniltered, IP20
Filtered, IP20
… 1KE18-8U*1
… 1KE18-8A*1
Rated / Low Overlaod values
Rated / LO power
Rated / LO input current
Rated / LO Output current
4.0 kW
11.4 A
8.8 A
High Overload values
HO power
HO input current
HO output current
3.0 kW
10.6 A
7.3 A
Power losses, filtered
Power losses, unfiltered
Fuse according to IEC
Fuse according to UL
Required cooling air flow
Cross section of line and motor cable
Tightening torque for line and motor cable
Weight, unfiltered
Weight, filtered
Table4-62
Order No.
0.146 kW
0.141 kW
3NA3 805 (16 A)
15 A class J
5 l/s
1.5 … 2.5 mm2
16 … 14 AWG
0.5 Nm
4.4 lbf in
1.7 kg
1.9 kg
G120C Frame Sizes B, 3 AC 380 V … 480 V, ± 10 % - part 4
6SL3210-…
Uniltered, IP20
Filtered, IP20
… 1KE21-3U*1
… 1KE21-3A*1
… 1KE21-7U*1
… 1KE21-7A*1
Rated / Low Overlaod values
Rated / LO power
Rated / LO input current
Rated / LO Output current
5.5 kW
16.5 A
12.5 A
7.5 kW
21.5 A
16.5 A
High Overload values
HO power
HO input current
HO output current
4.0 kW
12.8 A
8.8 A
5.5 kW
18.2 A
12.5 A
0.177 kW
0.174 kW
0.244 kW
0.24 kW
3NA3 807 (20 A)
20 A class J
3NA3 810 (25 A)
25 A class J
9 l/s
9 l/s
4.0 … 6.0 mm2
12 … 10 AWG
4.0 … 6.0 mm2
12 … 10 AWG
Power losses, filtered
Power losses, unfiltered
Fuse according to IEC
Fuse according to UL
Required cooling air flow
Cross section of line and motor cable
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
223
Technical data
4.6 Power-dependent technical data
Order No.
Uniltered, IP20
Filtered, IP20
Tightening torque for line and motor cable
Weight, unfiltered
Weight, filtered
Table4-63
… 1KE21-3U*1
… 1KE21-3A*1
… 1KE21-7U*1
… 1KE21-7A*1
0.6 Nm
5.3 lbf in
0.6 Nm
5.3 lbf in
2.3 kg
2.5 kg
2.3 kg
2.5 kg
G120C Frame Sizes C, 3 AC 380 V … 480 V, ± 10 % - part 5
6SL3210-…
Order No.
Uniltered, IP20
Filtered, IP20
… 1KE22-6U*1
… 1KE22-6A*1
… 1KE23-2U*1
… 1KE23-2A*1
… 1KE23-8U*1
… 1KE23-8A*1
Rated / Low Overlaod values
Rated / LO power
Rated / LO input current
Rated / LO Output current
11 kW
33.0 A
25 A
15 kW
40.6 A
31 A
18.5 kW
48.2 A
37 A
High Overload values
HO power
HO input current
HO output current
7.5 kW
24.1 A
16.5 A
11 kW
36.4 A
25 A
15 kW
45.2 A
31 A
0.349 kW
0.344 kW
0.435 kW
0.429 kW
0.503 kW
0.493 kW
3NA3 817 (40 A)
40 A class J
3NA3 820 (50 A)
50 A class J
3NA3 822 (63 A)
60 A class J
18 l/s
18 l/s
18 l/s
6.0 … 16 mm2
10 … 5 AWG
10 … 16 mm2
7 … 5 AWG
10 … 16 mm2
7 … 5 AWG
1.5 Nm
13.3 lbf in
1.5 Nm
13.3 lbf in
1.5 Nm
13.3 lbf in
4.4 kg
4.7 kg
4.4 kg
4.7 kg
4.4 kg
4.7 kg
Power losses, filtered
Power losses, unfiltered
Fuse according to IEC
Fuse according to UL
Required cooling air flow
Cross section of line and motor cable
Tightening torque for line and motor cable
Weight, unfiltered
Weight, filtered
224
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
4.8 Operational altitude and altitude deratings
4.7
Temperature and voltage derating
4.7 Operational
4.8
Temperaturealtitude
and voltage
and altitude
derating
deratings
Operating temperature derating
Figure4-2
Temperature derating
Operational voltage derating
Figure4-3
4.8
Current and Power derating required according to input voltage
Operational altitude and altitude deratings
Voltage
The clearance within the converter can isolate surge voltages in accordance with overvoltage category
III in compliance with the EN 60664-1 regulation up to 2000 m above sea level.
At altitudes above 2000 m and below 4000 m above sea level, the converter has to be connected that at
least one of the following conditions is fullfilled:
•
or
It is connected to a TN-network with isolated star-point (not an external grounded connector)
•
it is connected through an isolating transformer that provides a TN-network with a grounded starpoint.
A reduction of the line voltage is not necessary.
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
225
Technical data
4.9 Current reduction depending on pulse frequency
Note: The connected engines and power components must be considered separately.
Current
4.9 Current reduction depending on pulse frequency
4.9
Current reduction depending on pulse frequency
Relationship between pulse frequency and output base-load current reduction
Table4-64
Rated power
based on LO
1 The
226
Current reduction depending on pulse frequency 1
Rated output current at pulse frequency of
4 kHz
6 kHz
8 kHz
10 kHz
12 kHz
14 kHz
16 kHz
0.55 kW
1.7 A
1.4 A
1.2 A
1.0 A
0.9 A
0.8 A
0.7 A
0.75 kW
2.2 A
1.9 A
1.5 A
1.3 A
1.1 A
1.0 A
0.9 A
1.1 kW
3.1 A
2.6 A
2.2 A
1.9 A
1.6 A
1.4 A
1.2 A
1.5 kW
4.1 A
3.5 A
2.9 A
2.5 A
2.1 A
1.8 A
1.6 A
2.2 kW
5.6 A
4.8 A
3.9 A
3.4 A
2.8 A
2.5 A
2.2 A
3.0 kW
7.3 A
6.2 A
5.1 A
4.4 A
3.7 A
3.3 A
2.9 A
4.0 kW
8.8 A
7.5 A
6.2 A
5.3 A
4.4 A
4.0 A
3.5 A
5.5 kW
12.5 A
10.6 A
8.8 A
7.5 A
6.3 A
5.6 A
5.0 A
7.5 kW
16.5 A
14.0 A
11.6 A
9.9 A
8.3 A
7.4 A
6.6 A
11.0 kW
25.0 A
21.3 A
17.5 A
15.0 A
12.5 A
11.3 A
10.0 A
15.0 kW
31.0 A
26.4 A
21.7 A
18.6 A
15.5 A
14.0 A
12.4 A
18.5 kW
37.0 A
31.5 A
25.9 A
22.2 A
18.5 A
16.7 A
14.8 A
permissible motor cable length depends on the cable type and the chosen pulse frequency.
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
4.10 Accessories
4.10
Accessories
4.10 Accessories
4.10.1
Line reactor
4.10.1 Line reactor
The major electrical specification of the line reactors is the same as for the suitable converter. This applies
to:
•
•
•
line voltage
line frequency
rated current
The admissible ambient conditions of the line reactors are the same as for the suitable converter. This
applies to:
•
•
•
•
Table4-65
storage and transport temperature
operating temperature
relative humidity
shock and vibration load
Technical specifications of the line reactors
Feature
Suitable for converter with rated power of
0.55 kW ... 1.1 kW
1.5 kW ... 4.0 kW
FSA
Order no.
5.5 kW … 7.5 kW
FSB
6SL3203-0CE13-2AA0
6SL3203-0CE21-0AA0
6SL3203-0CE21-8AA0
6SL3210-1KE11-8 ⃞ ⃞ 1
6SL3210-1KE12-3 ⃞ ⃞ 1
6SL3210-1KE13-2 ⃞ ⃞ 1
6SL3210-1KE14-3 ⃞ ⃞ 1
6SL3210-1KE15-8 ⃞ ⃞ 1
6SL3210-1KE17-5 ⃞ ⃞ 1
6SL3210-1KE18-8 ⃞ ⃞ 1
6SL3210-1KE21-3 ⃞ ⃞ 1
6SL3210-1KE21-7 ⃞ ⃞ 1
2.5 mH
2.5 mH
0.5 mH
25 W
40 W
55 W
Cable cross section
2.5 mm2 /14 AWG
2.5 mm2 / 14 AWG
6.0 mm2 / 10 AWG
Tightening torque
0.6 Nm … 0.8 Nm
5 lbf in … 7 lbf in
0.6 Nm … 0.8 Nm
5 lbf in … 7 lbf in
1.5 Nm … 1.8 Nm
13 lbf in … 16 lbf in
M4 (3 Nm / 26.5 lbf in)
M4 (3 Nm / 26.5 lbf in)
M5 (5 Nm / 44 lbf in)
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
Overall dimensions
Width
Height
Depth
125 mm
120 mm
71 mm
125 mm
140 mm
71 mm
125 mm
145 mm
91 mm
Fixing dimensions
Width
Height
100 mm
55 mm
100 mm
55 mm
100 mm
65 mm
MLFB of the suitable
converter
Inductance
Power loss at 50/60 Hz
PE connection
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
227
Technical data
4.10 Accessories
4.10.2 Braking resistor
Feature
Suitable for converter with rated power of
0.55 kW ... 1.1 kW
1.5 kW ... 4.0 kW
5.5 kW … 7.5 kW
FSA
Fixing screw
Weight
Table4-66
FSB
4 × M5 (6 Nm)
4 × M5 (6 Nm)
4 × M5 (6 Nm)
1.1 kg
2.1 kg
2.95 kg
Technical specifications of the line reactors
Feature
Suitable for converter with rated power of
11.0 kW … 18.5 kW
FSC
Order no.
6SL3203-0CE23-8AA0
MLFB of the suitable
converter
6SL3210-1KE22-6 ⃞ ⃞ 1
6SL3210-1KE23-2 ⃞ ⃞ 1
6SL3210-1KE23-8 ⃞ ⃞ 1
Inductance
0.3 mH
Power loss at 50/60 Hz
90 W
Cross section
16 mm2 / 5 AWG
Tightening torque
2 Nm …4 Nm
18 lbf in … 35 lbf in
PE connection
M5 (5 Nm / 44 lbf in)
Degree of protection
IP20
Overall dimensions
Width
Height
Depth
190 mm
220 mm
91 mm
Fixing dimensions
Width
Height
170 mm
68 mm
Fixing screw
4 × M8 (10 Nm)
Weight
7.8 kg
4.10.2 Braking resistor
The admissible ambient conditions of the breaking resistors are the same as for the suitable converter.
This applies to:
•
•
228
storage and transport temperature
operating temperature
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
4.10 Accessories
•
•
Table4-67
relative humidity
shock and vibration load
Technical specifications of the breaking resistors
Feature
Suitable for converter with rated power of
0.55 kW ... 1.5 kW
2.2 kW ... 4.0 kW
5.5 kW … 7.5 kW
FSA
Order no.
FSB
6SL3201-0BE14-3AA0
6SL3201-0BE21-0AA0
6SL3201-0BE21-8AA0
6SL3210-1KE11-8 ⃞ ⃞ 1
6SL3210-1KE12-3 ⃞ ⃞ 1
6SL3210-1KE13-2 ⃞ ⃞ 1
6SL3210-1KE14-3 ⃞ ⃞ 1
6SL3210-1KE15-8 ⃞ ⃞ 1
6SL3210-1KE17-5 ⃞ ⃞ 1
6SL3210-1KE18-8 ⃞ ⃞ 1
6SL3210-1KE21-3 ⃞ ⃞ 1
6SL3210-1KE21-7 ⃞ ⃞ 1
370 Ω
140 Ω
75 Ω
Pulse power Pmax
1.5 kW
4 kW
7.5 kW
Rated power PDB
75 W
200 W
375 W
Cable cross section
2.5 mm² / 14 AWG
2.5 mm² / 14 AWG
2.5 mm² / 14 AWG
Tightening torque
0.5 Nm / 4.5 lbf in
0.5 Nm / 4.5 lbf in
0.5 Nm / 4.5 lbf in
Temperature contact
Normally closed contact
Normally closed contact
Normally closed contact
AC 250 V / 2,5 A
AC 250 V / 2,5 A
AC 250 V / 2,5 A
Cable cross section
2.5 mm² / 14 AWG
2.5 mm² / 14 AWG
2.5 mm² / 14 AWG
Tightening torque
0.5 Nm / 4.5 lbf in
0.5 Nm / 4.5 lbf in
0.5 Nm / 4.5 lbf in
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
Overall dimensions
Width
Height
Depth
105 mm
295 mm
100 mm
105 mm
345 mm
100 mm
175 mm
345 mm
100 mm
Drill pattern
Width
Height
72 mm
266 mm
72 mm
316 mm
142 mm
316 mm
4 × M4 (3 Nm)
4 × M4 (3 Nm)
4 × M4 (3 Nm)
1.5 kg
1.8 kg
2.7 kg
MLFB of the suitable
converter
Resistance
Maximum load
Fixing screws
Weight
Table4-68
Technical specifications of the line reactors
Feature
Suitable for converter with rated power of
11.0 kW … 18.5 kW
FSC
MLFB
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
6SL3201-0BE23-8AA0
229
Technical data
4.10 Accessories
Feature
Suitable for converter with rated power of
11.0 kW … 18.5 kW
FSC
MLFB of the suitable
converter
Resistance
6SL3210-1KE22-6 ⃞ ⃞ 1
6SL3210-1KE23-2 ⃞ ⃞ 1
6SL3210-1KE23-8 ⃞ ⃞ 1
30 Ω
Pulse power Pmax
18.5 kW
Rated power PDB
925 W
Cable cross section
6 mm² / 10 AWG
Tightening torque
0.6 Nm / 5.5 lbf in
Temperature contact
Normally closed contact
Maximum load
AC 250 V / 2,5 A
Cable cross section
2.5 mm² / 14 AWG
Tightening torque
0.5 Nm / 4.5 lbf in
Degree of protection
IP20
Overall dimensions
Width
Height
Depth
250 mm
490 mm
140 mm
Drill pattern
Width
Height
217 mm
460 mm
Fixing screws
4 × M5 (6 Nm)
Weight
6.2 kg
Figure4-4
230
Pulse power, rated power and duty cycle examples of the braking resistor
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Technical data
4.11 Standards
4.11
Standards
4.11 Standards
European Low Voltage Directive
The SINAMICS G120C product range complies with the requirements of the Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/
EC. The units are certified for complaince with the following standards:
EN 61800-5-1 — Semiconductor converters –General requirements and line commutated converters
EN 60204-1 — Safety of machinery –Electrical equipment of machines
European Machinery Directive
The SINAMICS G120C converter series does not fall under the scope of the Machinery Directive. However,
the products have been fully evaluated for compliance with the essential Health & Safety requirements of
the directive when used in a typical machine application. A Declaration of Incorporation is available on
request.
European EMC Directive
When installed according to the recommendations described in this manual, the SINAMICS G120C fulfils
all requirements of the EMC Directive as defined by the EMC Product Standard for Power Drive Systems
EN 61800-3
Underwriters Laboratories
UL and CUL LISTED POWER CONVERSION EQUIPMENT for use in a pollution degree 2 environment.
SEMI F47
Specification for Semiconductor Process Equipment Voltage Sag Immunity
SINAMICS G120C Converters fulfill the requirements of the SEMI F47-0706 standard.
ISO 9001
Siemens plc operates a quality management system, which complies with the requirements of ISO 9001.
Certificates can be downloaded from the internet under the following link:
Standards
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
231
Source documents
5
5 Source documents
Source documents
List of all documents used.
•
•
•
232
S7-1200 Programmable controller (11/2011, en-US)
SIRIUS Innovations (01/2011, en-US)
SINAMICS G120C frequency converter (03/2012, FW V4.5, en-US)
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Index
size of the user program, 21, 30, 39
timers (quantity and memory requirements), 21,
30, 40
A
Analog I/O
input representation (voltage), 26, 35, 45, 66, 92
output representation (current), 67, 93
output representation (voltage), 67, 93
step response times (CPU), 25, 35, 44
step response times (SB), 91
step response times (SM), 65
Analog signal (SM)
C
Category C2, 218
CB 1241 RS485 specifications, 114
CE approval, 13
SM 1232 AQ 4 x 14bit, 61
Circuit breaker
SB 1231 AI 1 x 12 bit, 88
SB 1231 AI 1 x 16 bit RTD, 98
SB 1231 AI 1 x 16 bit Thermocouple, 94
SB 1232 AQ 1x12 bit, 90
CM 1241
Analog signal board (SB)
Analog signal module (SM)
SM 1231 AI 4 x RTD x 16 bit, 73
SM 1231 AI 8 x 13 bit, 59
SM 1231 AI 8 x 16 bit TC, 68
SM 1231 AI 8 x RTD x 16 bit, 73
SM 1231 AI4 x 16 bit TC, 68
SM 1232 AQ 2 x 14bit, 61
SM 1234 AI 4 x 13 bit / AQ 2 x 14 bit, 62
Approvals
ATEX approval, 14
CE approval, 13
C-Tick approval, 15
cULus approval, 14
FM approval, 14
maritime approval, 15
ATEX approval, 14
Motor starter protector, 146
RS232 specifications, 118
RS422/RS485 specifications, 118
RS485 specifications, 115
Code block
counters (quantity and memory requirements), 21,
31, 40
interrupts, 21, 30, 40
monitoring, 21, 30, 39
nesting depth, 21, 30, 39
number of code blocks, 21, 30, 39
number of OBs, 21, 30, 40
organization blocks (OBs), 21, 30, 40
size of the user program, 21, 30, 39
timers (quantity and memory requirements), 21,
30, 40
Cold junction compensation
Thermocouple, 71, 96
Communication board (CB)
CB 1241 RS485, 114
Communication interfaces
CB 1241 RS485, 114
CM 1241 RS232, 118
CM 1241 RS485, 115
B
Blocks
counters (quantity and memory requirements), 21,
31, 40
interrupts, 21, 30, 40
monitoring, 21, 30, 39
nesting depth, 21, 30, 39
number of code blocks, 21, 30, 39
number of OBs, 21, 30, 40
organization blocks (OBs), 21, 30, 40
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Communication module
CM 1241 RS422/RS485 specifications, 118
Communication module (CM)
CM 1241 RS232 specifications, 118
CM 1241 RS485, 115
Connection contacts
Maximum current carrying capacity, 113
Counters
quantity, 21, 31, 40
size, 21, 31, 40
233
Index
CPU
1211C specifications, 19
1211C wiring diagrams, 28
1212C specifications, 28
1212C wiring diagrams, 37
1214C specifications, 38
1214C wiring diagrams, 47
analog input representation (voltage), 26, 35, 45,
66, 92
memory card, 120
step response times, 25, 35, 44
CSA
Motor starter protector, 138
C-Tick approval, 15
cULus approval, 14
Current reduction, 226
D
Derating
Altitude, 225
Pulse frequency, 226
Temperature, 225
Voltage, 225
Digital signal board (SB) specifications
SB 1221 DI 4, 200 kHz, 78
SB 1222 DQ 4, 200 kHz, 80
SB 1223 DI 2 / DQ 2, 85
SB 1223 DI 2 / DQ 2, 200 kHz, 82
G
General technical specifications, 13
H
Harmonic Currents, 219
I
I/O
analog input representation (voltage), 26, 35, 45,
66, 92
analog output representation (current), 67, 93
analog output representation (voltage), 67, 93
step response times (CPU), 25, 35, 44
step response times (SB), 91
step response times of the signal module (SM),
65
Input simulators, 121
ISO 9001, 231
L
Load memory
CPU 1211C, 19
CPU 1212C, 28
CPU 1214C, 38
Digital signal module (SM)
SM 1221, 47
SM 1222, 50, 51
SM 1223, 55
DVC A power supply, 215
M
Manual motor controller
E
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), 16
EMC Emissions, 218
Environmental
industrial environments, 15
operating conditions, 16
transport and storage conditions, 16
European EMC Directive, 231
European Low Voltage Directive, 231
European Machinery Directive, 231
F
FM approval, 14
234
Motor starter protector, 138, 140
Manual motor controller suitable for tap conductor protection
in group installations
Motor starter protector, 138, 142
Maritime approval, 15
Memory card
order number, 120
specifications, 120
Modules
CB 1241 RS485, 114
CM 1241 RS232, 118
CM 1241 RS485, 115
CPU 1211C specifications, 19
CPU 1212C specifications, 28
CPU 1214C specifications, 38
SB 1221 DI 4, 200 kHz, 78
SB 1222 DQ 4, 200 kHz, 200 kHz, 80
SB 1223 DI 2 / DQ 2, 85
SB 1223 DI 2 / DQ 2, 200 kHz, 82
SB 1231 AI 1 x 12 bit, 88
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Index
SB 1231 AI 1 x 16 bit RTD, 98
SB 1231 AI 1 x 16 bit Thermocouple signal board,
94
SB 1232 AQ 1x12 bit, 90
SM 1221, 47
SM 1222, 50, 51
SM 1222 DQ8 RLY Changeover, 50
SM 1223, 55
SM 1231 AI 4 x 16 bit TC, 68
SM 1231 AI 4 x RTD x 16 bit, 73
SM 1231 AI 8 x 13 bit, 59
SM 1231 AI 8 x 16 bit TC signal module, 68
SM 1231 AI 8 x RTD x 16 bit, 73
SM 1232 AQ 2 x 14bit, 61
SM 1232 AQ 4 x 14bit, 61
SM 1234 AI 4 x 13 bit / AQ 2 x 14 bit, 62
O
Operating temperature, 225
Operational altitude, 225
Operational voltage, 225
P
Phase barriers
Motor starter protector, 144
PLC
CPU 1211C, 19
CPU 1212C, 28
CPU 1214C, 38
memory card, 120
power supply, 215
Program card
order number, 120
Protection class, 17
Pulse frequency, 226
Pulse frequency derating, 226
R
Rated voltages, 17
Relay electrical service life, 18
Retentive memory
CPU 1211C, 19
CPU 1212C, 28
CPU 1214C, 38
S
S7-1200
memory card, 120
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
SB 1221
SB 1221 DI 4, 200 kHz wiring diagram, 80
SB 1222
SB 1222 DQ 4 x 24 VDC, 200 kHz wiring diagram,
82
SB 1223
SB 1223 DI 2 / DQ 2 wiring diagram, 87
SB 1223 DI 2 / DQ, 200 kHz wiring diagram, 85
SB 1231 AI 1 x 16 bit Thermocouple
Filter selection table, 97
SB 1232
SB 1232 AQ 1 x 12 bit wiring diagram, 91
Self-protected combination motor controller (type E)
Motor starter protector, 138, 144
Signal board (SB)
analog output representation (current), 67, 93
analog output representation (voltage), 67, 93
input representation (voltage), 26, 35, 45, 66, 92
SB 1221 DI 4, 200 kHz, 78
SB 1222 DQ, 200 kHz, 80
SB 1223 DI 2 / DQ 2, 85
SB 1223 DI 2 / DQ 2, 200 kHz, 82
SB 1231 AI 1 x 12 bit, 88
SB 1231 AI 1 x 16 bit RTD, 98
SB 1231 AI 1 x 16 bit Thermocouple, 94
SB 1232 AQ 1x12 bit, 90
step response times, 91
Signal module (SM)
analog input representation (voltage), 26, 35, 45,
66, 92
analog output representation (current), 67, 93
analog output representation (voltage), 67, 93
SM 1221, 47
SM 1222, 50, 51
SM 1222 DQ8 RLY Changeover, 50
SM 1223, 55
SM 1223 specifications, 56
SM 1231 AI 4 x 13 bit, 59
SM 1231 AI 4 x 16 bit TC, 68
SM 1231 AI 4 x RTD x 16 bit, 73
SM 1231 AI 8 x 16 bit TC, 68
SM 1231 AI 8 x RTD x 16 bit, 73
SM 1232 AQ 2 x 14bit, 61
SM 1232 AQ 4 x 14bit, 61
SM 1234 AI 4 x 13 bit / AQ 2 x 14 bit, 62
step response times, 65
Simulators, 121
SM 1231 RTD
selection tables, 77, 102
Specifications
analog input representation (voltage), 26, 35, 45,
66, 92
analog output representation (current), 67, 93
analog output representation (voltage), 67, 93
ATEX approval, 14
CB 1241 RS485, 114
235
Index
CE approval, 13
CM 1241 RS232, 118
CM 1241 RS485, 115
CPU 1211C, 19
CPU 1212C, 28
CPU 1214C, 38
C-Tick approval, 15
cULus approval, 14
electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), 16
environmental conditions, 16
FM approval, 14
general technical specifications, 13
industrial environments, 15
input simulators, 121
maritime approval, 15
memory cards, 120
protection, 17
rated voltages, 17
relay electrical service life, 18
SB 1221 DI 4, 200 kHz, 78
SB 1222 DQ 4, 200 kHz, 80
SB 1223 DI 2 / DQ 2, 85
SB 1223 DI 2 x / DQ 2, 200 kHz, 82
SB 1231 AI 1 x 12 bit, 88
SB 1231 AI 1 x 16 bit RTD, 98
SB 1231 AI 1 x 16 bit RTD wiring diagram, 100
SB 1231 AI 1 x 16 bit Thermocouple, 94
SB 1231 AI 1 x 16 bit thermocouple wiring diagram,
97
SB 1231 AI x 12 bit wiring diagram, 89
SB 1232 AQ 1x12 bit, 90
SM 1221 signal module, 47
SM 1221 wiring diagram, 49
SM 1222 DQ8 RLY Changeover, 50
SM 1222 signal module, 50, 51
SM 1222 wiring diagram, 52
SM 1223 signal module, 55, 56
SM 1223 wiring diagram, 55, 56
SM 1231 AI 4 x 13 bit, 59
SM 1231 AI 4 x 16 bit TC signal module, 68
SM 1231 AI 4 x 16 bit TC wiring diagram, 70
SM 1231 AI 4 x RTD x 16 bit signal module, 73
SM 1231 AI 8 x 16 bit TC signal module, 68
SM 1231 AI 8 x 16 bit TC wiring diagram, 70
SM 1231 AI 8 x RTD x 16 bit signal module, 73
SM 1231 RTD 4 x 16 bit wiring diagram, 75
SM 1231 RTD 8 x 16 bit wiring diagram, 75
SM 1232 AQ 2 x 14bit, 61
SM 1232 AQ 4 x 14bit, 61
SM 1234 AI 4 x 13 bit / AQ 2 x 14 bit, 62
step response times (CPU), 25, 35, 44
step response times (SB), 91
step response times (SM), 65
wiring diagrams SM 1231 analog input, 60
wiring diagrams SM 1232 analog output, 62
wiring diagrams SM 1234 analog input/output, 65
Standards, 231
236
2006/95/EC, 231
EN 60146-1-1, 220
EN 60204-1, 231
EN 61000-2-4, 220
EN 61000-4-11, 220
EN 61000-4-2, 220
EN 61000-4-3, 220
EN 61000-4-4, 220
EN 61000-4-5, 220
EN 61000-4-6, 220
EN 61800-3, 231
EN 61800-3:2004, 218
EN 61800-5-1, 231
IEC 61800‑3, 218
ISO 9001, 231
SEMI F47-0706, 231
STEP 7
memory card, 120
T
Technical specifications, 13
Terminal blocks
Motor starter protector, 144
Thermocouple
basic operation, 71, 96
cold junction compensation, 71, 96
SB 1231 Thermocouple filter selection table, 96
SB 1231 Thermocouple selection table, 96
SM 1231 Thermocouple filter selection table, 71
SM 1231 Thermocouple selection table, 71
Timers
quantity, 21, 30, 40
size, 21, 30, 40
Transfer card
order number, 120
U
UL
Motor starter protector, 138
Underwriters Laboratories, 231
W
Wiring diagrams
CPU 1211C, 28
CPU 1212C, 37
CPU 1214C, 47
SB 1221 DI 4, 200 kHz, 80
SB 1222 DQ 4, 200 kHz, 82
SB 1223 DI 2 / DQ 2, 200 kHz, 85
SB 1223 DI 2/ DQ 2, 87
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
Index
SB 1231 AI 1 x 16 bit RTD, 100
SB 1231 AI 1 x 16 bit thermocouple, 97
SB 1231 AI x 12 bit, 89
SB 1232 AQ 1 x 12 bit, 91
SM 1221 signal module, 49
SM 1222 signal module, 52
SM 1223 signal module, 55, 56
SM 1231 AI 4 x 16 bit TC, 70
SM 1231 AI 8 x 16 bit TC, 70
Siemens Sample project SPS 2012
03/2013, 00011327
SM 1231 analog input, 60
SM 1231 RTD 4 x 16 bit, 75
SM 1231 RTD 8 x 16 bit, 75
SM 1232 analog output, 62
SM 1234 analog input/output, 65
Work memory
CPU 1211C, 19
CPU 1212C, 28
CPU 1214C, 38
237